Skip to main content

Full text of "The treatise on the astrolabe. Edited with notes and illus. by Andrew Edmund Brae"

See other formats


•:5^   >    '    V 

<';1V "'. 


> 


••11 


.   > 

IBM 


Si 


BEQUEST  OF 

REV.  CANON  SCADDING,  D.  D. 
TORONTO,    1901. 


CHAUCER'S 
TREATISE  ON  THE  ASTROLABE. 


THE  TREATISE 
ON    THE    ASTROLABE, 


OF 


eoffrep 


EDITED 
WITH     NOTES     AND      I  LLU  ST  KATI  0  NS, 


BY 


ANDREW  EDMUND  BRAE. 


11  And  to  his  sonne  that  called  was  Lowys 
He  made  a  treatise  full  noble  and  of  gret  prise." 

LTDOATE. 


LONDON : 

JOHN    KUSSELL    SMITH, 

36,    SO  HO    SQUARE. 

MDCCCLXX. 


CONTENTS. 


>UCTION  ...... 

EXPLANATION  OF  THE  PLATES       . 

Proheme  ....... 

of  the  Astrolabe    .  .  .  .  . 

LE  CONCLUSIONS. 

I.  The  Sun's  Place  . 

II.  Taking  Altitudes  .  .  .  . 

III.  The  Day  of  the  Month 

IV.  The  Hour  of  Day  or  Night  and  the  Ascendant 
V.  The  Technical  Ascendant 

VL  The  Mean  of  Almicanters 

VII.  Twilight 

VIII.  The  Diurnal  Arke          .... 
IX.  The  Conversion  of  Hours 
X.  The  Vulgar  Day  . 

XI.  Hours  Inequale  by  Day  and  Night 
XII.  Equal  Hours      ..... 

XIII.  Planetary  Hours  .... 

XIV.  Oblique  Ascension        .... 
XV.  Declination  of  a  Point  in  the  Ecliptic 

XVI.  Latitude  of  Construction 
XVII.  Meridian  Altitude         . 
XVIII.  Sun's  Place  in  the  Ecliptic 
XIX.  Similar  Days     ..... 
XX.  Similar  Points  in  the  Ecliptic  . 
XXI.  Stars  Indeterminate       .... 
XXII.  Stars  Determinate         .... 
XXIII.  Elevation  of  the  Pole    .... 
XXIV.  Terrestrial  Latitude      .... 
XXV.  Altitude  of  the  Pole      .... 
XXVI.  Terrestrial  Latitude      .... 
IXVII.  Right  and  Oblique  Ascensions 
IVIII.  Right  Ascension  of  Signs 
XXIX.  Oblique  Ascension  of  Signs      . 
XXX.  The  Cardinal  Points     .... 
IXI.  Celestial  Latitudes 


PAGE. 
.    1 

.  16 

.  19 
22 


33 
33 
33 
35 
37 
37 
38 
38 
38 
39 
39 
40 
41 
41 
41 

42 

42" 

42 

43 

43 

44 

45 

45 

46 

47 

48 

48 

49 

5C 

50 


i  CONTENTS. 

PAGE. 

XXXII.  Azimuth  at  Rising        . 

XXXIII.  Points  of  the  Compass 

XXXIV.  Bearing  of  a  Conjunction 

XXXV.  Azimuth  in  Altitude    .  .  . 

XXXVI.  Celestial  Longitudes     . 

XXXVII.  Motion  Direct  or  Retrograde    .  .  .  .     53 

XXXVIII.  Equations  of  Houses     . 

XXXIX.  Equations  of  Houses     .  •     55 

XL.  Meridional  Line  .  .  •  •  •     5& 

XLI.  Terrestrial  Longitude  .  •     56 

XLII.  (Apochryphal  ?) 

Practice  of  Umbra  Recta  and  Umbra  Versa     .  .  .59 


APPENDIX. 

REPRINTS. 

I.  The  Pilgrimage  to  Canterbury  .  .65 

II.  The  Arke  of  Artificial  Day       .  .68 

III.  Astronomical  Evidence.            .            .  .            .71 

IV.  The  Star  Min  Alauwa  .            .  .     74 
V.  Tests  of  Positions          .            .  -79 

NOTES  ON  THE  REPRINTS. 

A.  The  Halfe  Cours  in  Aries       ...  .81 

B.  The  Zodiacal  Signs        .            .            i  .                        .84 

C.  The  Angle  Meridional  .            .  .86 

D.  The  Star  Min  Al  auwa  ...  .88 

ESSAYS. 

ON  THE  MEANING  OF  CHAUCER'S  PRIME  .           .           .90 

ON  THE  CARRENARE.        .       •    .           '.  •;           .           .  101 

ON  SHIPPES  OPPOSTERES  .  .  106 


ERRATA. 

Page  5,  line  2,  for  « 1798"  read  «  1598." 

Page  56,  Conclusion  XL. — The  alteration  made  in  the  text  of  this  Con 
clusion,  as  explained  in  the  foot-note,  is  unnecessary.  For  the 
apparatus  may  have  been  intended  for  the  Winter  and  not  for  the 
Summer  Solstice,  in  which  case  the  original  proportion  of  one  qua'/ter 
of  the  shadow  for  the  gnomon  would  be  sufficiently  correct. 


Jhttrotwctton. 


|LTHOUGH  the  Treatise  on  the  Astrolabe  is,  in  some  respects,  the 
most  interesting  of  Chaucer's  works — inasmuch  a*  it  brings  us 
into  familiar  and  almost  domestic  communion  with  his  individual 
self,  while  he  describes  to  his  "lytel  sonne,"  with  delightful 
simplicity  and  in  the  most  inartificial  language,  the  sort  of  scientific  know- 
edge  which  in  those  early  days,  even  more  than  at  present,  was  considered 
necessary  to  a  gentleman's  education — yet  it  has  received  so  little  care  and 
attention  from  the  editors  of  his  works,  that,  since  the  edition  of  Urry,  in 
1721,  it  has  not  been  included  in  any  modern  reprint.  And  even  then,  Urry 
did  little  more  than  blindly  copy  from  preceding  editions,  without  any 
attempt  to  explain,  amend,  or  illustrate  the  text. 

Several  years  ago  (in  1851)  I  published  a  series  of  papers  explanatory  of  the 
astronomical  allusions  of  Chaucer  in  the  Canterbury  Pilgrimage.  These  I 
shall  reprint  in  an  Appendix  to  this  volume — if  for  no  better  reason —  to  shew 
the  length  of  time  my  attention  has  been  given  to  the  subject,  as  well  as  to 
rescue  the  papers  themselves  from  the  oblivion  of  ephemeral  publication.  In 
the  preparation  of  those  papers  I  had  necessarily  recourse  to  Chaucer's  Treatise 
on  the  Astrolabe,  as  printed  in  Urry's  edition  of  the  works,  and  I  found  it  in 
such  a  deplorably  faulty  and  neglected  state,  that  the  necessity  of  rectifying 
such  parts  as  I  then  required  awakened  in  me  a  desire  to  re-edit  the  whole. 
And  although  various  causes  had  prevented  the  fulfilment  of  this  object  until 
the  present  time,  it  had  never  been  lost  sight  of.  For  it  appeared  very  evident 
to  me  then— and  I  have  seen  no  reason  since  to  alter  the  opinion — that  a 
direct  connection  may  be  traced  between  the  subject  I  was  then  engaged  upon, 
namely,  the  astronomical  evidence  of  date  in  the  Canterbury  Tales,  and  this 
Treatise  on  the  Astrolabe.  The  date  of  the  Pilgrimage,  as  I  then  endeavoured 
to  shew,  was  1388,  and  the  avowed  date  of  this  Treatise  is  1391  :  it  seems  then 
an  almost  unavoidable  inference,— that  we  owe  this  practical  treatise  to  the 
preparative  study  of  the  subject  undertaken  by  Chaucer  for  the  purpose  of  in- 
Vfiiliu^  ami  verifying  his  intended  astronomical  phenomena  in  diversifying 
the  incidents  of  his  Canterbury  Pilgrimage. 


2  INTRODUCTION. 

And  yet  this  interestieg  attempt  on  the  part  of  an  imaginative  poet  to  ren 
der  science  familiar  in  what  maybe  termed  one  of  our  earliest  and  simplest 
popular  treatises,  is  that  portion  of  Chaucer's  works  which,  of  all  others,  his 
editors  have  most  culpably  misunderstood  and  neglected. 

Nor  is  it  in  the  editing  only  of  former  printed  editions  of  this  little  treatise 
that  it  appears  to  have  been  read  with  strange  absence  of  care  and  intelligence  ; 
the  same  fate  has  attended  it  when  only  incidentally  alluded  to.  For  example, 
J.  Thompson,  in  his  "  Life  of  Geoffry  Chaucer,"  prefixed  to  Urry's  edition  of 
the  works,  writes  : — 

u  He  (Chaucer)  retired  to  Woodstock  ;  and  weary  of  a  long  series  of  hurry, 
noise,  danger,  and  confusion,  he  shifted  it  for  quiet  and  the  calm  pleasure  of  a 
studious  safety,  which  produced  his  excellent  Treatise  of  the  Astrolabe,  which 
is  calculated  for  the  latitude  of  Woodstock,  being  a  small  matter  different  (as 
he  says)  from  that  of  Oxford." 

This  last  assertion  "  (as  he  says)"  Thompson  attempts  to  support  by  referring 
in  a  foot  note  to  this  passage  in  Chaucer's  text,  infra,  page  47. 

"  I  suppose  that  the  sonne  is  thilk  day  at  none  38  degrees  of  heyght ;  abate 
then  38  degrees  out  of  90,  so  leveth  ther  52  ;  then  is  52  degrees  the  latitude. 
I  saye  not  this  but  for  ensample,  for  wel  I  wote  the  latitude  of  Oxenforde  is 
certayne  minutes  lesse." 

It  seems  hardly  credible  that  any  person  of  average  intelligence  could,  even 
in  carelessness,  so  misapprehend  this  expression,  "  certaine  minutes  lesse," 
when  it  is  so  plain  that  it  is  Chaucer's  reservation  for  having  expressed  the 
latitude  of  Oxford  in  round  numbers  as  52  degrees,  instead  of  that  more  exact 
latitude  of  fifty-one  degrees  and  fifty  minutes  he  elsewhere  assigns  to  it.  And 
yet,  in  the  face  of  this,  and  in  the  face  of  Chaucer's  express  declaration  to  his 
son  that  he  presents  him  with  '*  A  sufficient  astrolabie  compowned  after  the 
latitude  of  Oxenforde,"  his  biographer  gravely  declared,  as  a  historical  fact,  that 
this  same  Astrolabe  was  calculated  for  the  latitude  of  Woodstock. 

I  have  met  with  another  reference  to  Chaucer's  astrolabe,  which  might  have 
been  valuable  as  an  illustration  had  it  not  been  vitiated  by  similar  mis-read 
ing.  It  occurs  in  a  paper  by  Mr.  Burrow,  in  the  Appendix  to  the  second 
volume  of  Asiatic  Researches  (anno  1789),  "  I  compared  an  astrolabe  in  the 
Nagry  character  (brought  by  Dr.  Mackinnon  from  Jynagur)  with  Chaucer's 
description,  and  found  them  to  agree  most  minutely ;  even  the  centre-pin, 
which  Chaucer  calls  <  the  horses,'  had  a  horse's  head  upon  it."  Now  Chaucer 
does  not  call  the  centre-pin  "the  horses"  ;  what  he  says  is—  "thorowe  which 
pin  ther  goeth  a  lytel  wedge  which  is  cleped  the  Horse."  So  that  this  compa 
rison  with  the  Indian  Astrolabe,  which  might  have  been  so  interesting,  becomes 
of  no  value,  in  the  uncertainty  as  to  what  part  of  it  it  was  in  which  Mr.  Bur 
row  really  did  see  the  horse's  head. 
Whether  the  wedge-like  form  of  a  horse's  head  was  given  to  this  cross-pin, 


INTRODUCTION.  6 

and  thereon  the  likeness  further  engraved  by  way  of  ornament,  or  whether 
some  other  fancy  suggested  the  name,  it  is  certain  it  was  very  generally  given 
to  it ;  the  Arabs  called  it  Al-pheras,  a  name  also  given  to  the  knight's-piece  at 
Chess,  which,  as  everyone  knows,  is  but  a  horse's  head.  The  use  of  the  wedge, 
when  thrust  through  the  great  centre-pin,  was  to  twitch  up  and  render  immov 
able  during  observation  certain  adjustable  plates  in  the  interior  of  the  instru 
ment.  Through  these  plates  the  centre-pin  passed,  and  was  jammed  against 
them  by  the  wedge :  but  it  is  not  clear  from  Chaucer's  description  how  this 
was  done,  nor  on  which  side  of  the  plate  the  wedge  was  applied.  And,  in  ad 
dition  to  these  difficulties,  it  cannot  be  supposed  that  a  loose  pin,  merely 
wedged  in,  would  afford  anything  like  an  invariable  centering  for  a  radial  in 
dex,  on  which  so  much  of  the  correctness  of  such  an  instrument  would  depend, 
On  these  points  I  shall  hazard  a  conjecture  when  I  come  to  describe  the  several 
details. 

The  adjustable  plates  just  mentioned  are  called  by  Chaucer  "  the  plates  for 
divers  clymates  " — i.e.,  for  divers  latitudes  :  of  which  thai;  particular  plate 
required  for  the  observer's  locality  would  be  selected  ;  and  being  placed  upper 
most  and  adjusted  to  a  proper  position,  would  be  there  secured  by  the  insertion 
and  jamming  of  the  centrepin.  Thus  it  would  become  "  the  plate  under  the 
rete"  as  Chaucer  calls  it  when  describing  its  construction  for  the  latitude  of 
Oxford. 

It  is  interesting  to  find  these  plates  confirmed  and  illustrated  in  "The 
Arabian  Nights,"  by  mention  of  the  Barber's  astrolabe  "  of  seven  plates."  But 
this  is  only  in  Mr.  Lane's  translation,  the  corresponding  description  in  Galland's 
version  being  "  un  astrolabe  bien  propre  ;"  and  in  "  The  Book  of  1000  Nights 
and  One  Night  "—a  translation  by  Henry  Torrens  published  in  Calcutta  in 
1838,  the  same  passage  is  rendered — "An  astrolabe  and  it  had  seven  tides 
mounted  with  silver."  Thus  confirming  in  some  degree  Mr.  Lane's  translation ; 
which,  however,  is  greatly  to  be  preferred,  coinciding  as  it  does  so  closely  with 
Chaucer's  description.  Mr.  Lane,  moreover,  renders  his  translation  still  more 
valuable  as  an  illustration,  by  the  following  note  to  the  passage  : — 

"  The  astrolabe  is  more  commonly  used  by  the  Arabs  than  any  other  instru 
ment  for  astronomical  observations.  It  is  generally  between  four  and  six 
inches  in  diameter.  It  consists  of  a  circular  plate  with  a  graduated  rim, 
within  which  fit  several  thinner  plates  ;  and  of  a  limb,  moving  on  a  pivot  in 
the  centre,  with  two  sights.  The  plates  are  engraved  with  complicated  diagrams, 
&c.,  for  various  calculations.  The  instrument  is  held  by  a  ring,  or  by  a  loop 
of  cord  attached  to  the  ring,  during  an  observation  :  and  thus  its  own  weight 
answers  the  same  purpose  as  the  plumb  line  of  the  quadrant  (which  the  Arabs 
sometimes  use  m  its  stead) :  the  position  of  the  moveable  limb,  with  the 
sights,  marking  the  required  altitude." — Lane's  Arabian  Nights,  chap,  v., 
not.-  57. 


4  INTRODUCTION. 

Here  again  it  is  to  be  regretted  that  the  writer  of  this  description  of  the 
Arabian  astrolabe  had  not  a  more  practical  knowledge  of  such  instruments  than  is 
evinced  by  his  calling  the  index  a  limb :  because  the  term  limb,  being  derived 
from  limbus,  is  practically  appropriated  to  the  circular  rim,  and  never  to  the 
radial  index.  He  would  then,  doubtless,  have  given  a  more  detailed  and  more 
reliable  account;  and  would  not  have  fallen  into  the  strange  mistake,  in 
another  note  to  the  same  passage,  of  asserting  : — 

"  A  degree  is  four  minutes  ;  it  would  have  been  more  proper,  therefore,  to 
have  said  eight  degrees  and  two  minutes,  than  seven  degrees  and  six  minutes." 
—(Ibid.,  note  60). 

This  note  seems  to  have  proceeded  from  some  unaccountable  mental  confu 
sion  between  degrees  of  arc  and  minutes  of  time  :  and,  although  Mr.  Lane 
makes  no  allusion  to  Chaucer  or  his  astrolabe,  yet  this  division  of  a  degree  into 
four  minutes  might  seem  curiously  enough  to  have  had  Chaucer  for  its  authority 
in  the  following  passage  of  this  treatise— "and  every  degreof  this  bordure  coii- 
teineth  foure  minutes."  But  then  Chaucer  takes  good  care  to  add—"  that  is 
to  saie  foure  minutes  of  an  hour  " — a  necessary  distinction.  I  do  not  mention 
these  slight  mistakes  in  a  spirit  of  criticism,  but  simply  because  it  would  not 
have  been  possible  to  quote  these  notes  at  all  without  noticing  in  some  way 
these  mistakes  in  them.  When  Chaucer  wrote  "  every  degree  containeth  foure 
minutes,"  he  was  comparing  together  two  different  accounts — but  when  Mr. 
Lane  wrote,  "  A  degree  is  four  minutes,"  it  is  plain  from  the  context  that  (he 
meant  in  one  and  the  same  account. 

In  describing  the  degrees  of  the  outer  border  Chaucer  again  inculcates  the 
necessary  distinction  between  time  and  arc  : — 

"  And  I  have  said  five  of  these  degrees  maken  a  mile-waie  and  thre  mile- 
waie  maken  an  hour  :  and  every  degre  of  this  border  conteyneth  foure  minutes, 
and  every  minute  fourtie  secondes." 

Here  fourtie  is  a  palpable  error,  the  correction  of  which  to  foure  renders  the 
meaning  perfectly  plain — i.e.,  every  fifteen  degrees  of  the  outer  border  contain 
(or  are  equivalent  to)  one  hour  of  the  inner  (or  time  circle)  :  every  degree  of 
the  outer  border  is  equal  to  four  minutes  of  the  inner  :  and  every  minute  of  the 
outer  to  four  seconds  of  the  inner. 

There  can  be  no  doubt  that  this  is  the  substance  of  what  Chaucer  wrote  ;  yet 
in  all  the  MSS.  that  I  have  examined,  and  in  all  the  printed  copies  previous 
to  Speght's  second  edition  in  1602,  the  last  five  words  are — "  and  every  minute 
Ix  secondes."  In  Speght's  second  edition,  which  professed  to  be  an  amended 
copy  of  the  first,  this  "  Ix "  was  changed  into  fourtie  ;  a  still  greater  error, 
which  was  copied  into  1G87,  and  into  Urry's  edition  of  1721.  If  the  change  had 
been  from  Ix  to  xl,  both  being  in  roiuan  numerals,  it  would  appear  to  have  been 
a  mere  accidental  transposition  of  the  numerals,  but  that  explanation  is 
barred  by  the  substituted  number  being  printed  at  length  "  fourtie."  Therefore 


INTRODUCTION.  5 

the  only  way  to  account  for  the  change  is  to  suppose  that  Speght,  in  the  interval 
between  1708  and  1602,  may  have  seen  some  MS.  with  the  correct  reading 
"  foure,"  and  converted  it  into  fourtie. 

Another  and  a  far  more  unaccountable  error  of  the  printed  copies  occurs  in 
Chaucer's  Vllth  Conclusion  : — 

"  The  nadyre  of  the  sonne  is  thylk  degre  that  is  opposy  te  to  the  degre  of  the 
sonne  in  the  320  signe." 

So  in  Thynne's,  and  in  all  other  printed  copies  previous  to  Speght's  first 
edition  of  1598  ;  in  which,  for  some  incomprehensible  reason,  he  printed  "  in 
the  xxiii  signe"  !  But  in  his  second  edition  of  1602— as  if  he  regretted  his 
departure  from  the  older  copies — he  restored,  in  his  amended  text,  "  the  320 
sigue,"  in  which  he  was  again  followed  by  1687,  and  by  Urry  in  1721. 

Now,  this  changing  and  rechanging  show  an  amount  of  deliberation  over  this 
error  that  renders  its  repetition  and  persistence  doubly  astonishing.  Because 
even  if  these  editors  had  been  ignorant  of  such  a  common  place  fact  as  that 
there  are  only  twelve  signs  altogether  in  the  zodiac,  they  might  have  learnt  it 
from  Chaucer  in  the  very  work  they  were  engaged  in  editing.  They  all  boast 
of  having  compared  their  text  with  many  MSS.,  and  yet  there  is  no  manuscript 
— none,  at  least,  that  has  come  under  my  observation — that  would  not  in  this 
case  have  given  the  right  reading,  which,  it  is  scarcely  necessary  to  say,  is  "  in 
the  VII  signe."* 

Although  there  are  many  manuscripts  in  the  British  Museum  containing 
poetical  works  of  Chaucer.  I  could  discover  only  three  in  which  this  prose  Treatise 
on  the  Astrolabe  is  to  be  found.  Of  these,  that  which  is  apparently  the  most 
ancient  is  numbered  23002  (additional  MSS.).  It  is  a  comparatively  recent 
acquisition,  having  been  purchased  for  the  Museum  at  Mr.  Dawson  Turner's 
sale  in  1859.  It  does  not  differ  greatly  from  the  other  MSS.,  except  in  the 
omission  of  some  portions  and  the  transposing  of  others.  Altogether  although 
it  may  assist  the  text  in  some  few  cases,  it  cannot  be  looked  upon  as  a  faithful 
or  reliable  copy. 

The  second  is  a  Sloane  MS.  314,  chiefly  remarkable  for  an  assertion  on  the 
fly-leaf  that  it  is  in  the  hand- writing  of  Chaucer  himself !  And  this  was  so 
far  credited  by  the  Rev.  Samuel  Ascough,  who  compiled  the  Catalogue  of  the 
Sloane  Manuscripts  in  the  British  Museum,  that  he  copied  the  assertion  in  his 
catalogue  and  added — "  if  it  is  not  in  Chaucer's  own  writing,  it  is  nearly  of  the 
tame  age" — But  in  this  opinion  he  was  surely  mistaken  :  for,  if  there  were  no 
other  refutation  of  it,  the  rude  and  ill  executed  diagrams  which  are  incorporated 
with  the  text  of  this  MS.  are  evidently  copied  from  Stoeffler's  book,  De  Fabrica 
Astrolabii,  which  did  not  appear  till  the  year  1513  (see  infra,  in  description  of 


*  "  Nam  in  septimo  signo  fit  solstitium  a  bruma  :  in  septimo  bruma  a  solstitio  :  in  sep^ 
timo  equinoctium  ab  oquinoctio."— AULUS  GELLIUS,  iii.,  10. 


6  INTRODUCTION. 

Plate  II,  the  note  upon  Chaucer's  Scale  of  Umbra  Kecta  and  Versa,  which  is 
single,  while  that  of  Stoeffler  is  double  ;  and  I  take  that  to  be  one  test  by 
which  copies  from  Stoeffler  may  be  detected.) 

The  third  is  also  a  Sloane  MS.,  No.  261,  and  is  very  interesting,  in  so  much 
that  although  never  printed  it  was  evidently  written  and  prepared  for  the  press 
with  a  view  to  publication.  It  has  a  regular  title,  dedication,  and  address  to 
the  reader :  emendations  of,  and  comments  upon  the  text  ;  and  it  is  illustrated 
by  pen-and-ink  diagrams  similar  to  those  in  314,  and  certainly  also  derived 
from  Stoeffler's  book.  But  the  most  remarkable  circumstance  attending  these 
two  manuscripts  is  that  314  was  obviously  in  the  possession  of  him  who  wrote 
261 — probably  the  very  original  from  which  he  copied  it.  For  on  the  margins 
of  314  are  corrections  and  remarks  in  the  hand  writing  of  261  :  or,  if  the  identity 
of  the  hand  writing  be  disputed,  then  there  are  references  in  the  one  to  certain 
alterations  made  in  the  text  of  the  other  which  place  the  fact  beyond  all 
reasonable  doubt.  From  these  circumstances  attending  its  preparation  the  MS. 
261  possesses  almost  the  authority  of  a  printed  book  zealously  edited  ;  and 
indeed  it  is  very  much  more  correct  than  any  of  the  printed  copies.  And  since 
a  comparison  with  it  would  unquestionably  have  corrected  some  of  the  more 
glaring  errors  of  Urry's  edition,  it  is  no  slight  reproach  to  him  that  he  not 
only  had  this  MS.  in  his  hands,  but  he  left  a  record  of  that  fact  by  inscribing 
on  the  fly-leaf  this  autograph  memorandum  "  This  MS.  belongs  to  Dr.  Sloane, 
T.  Urry,  1709."  The  title  of  this  MS.  is  "  The  Conclusions  of  the  AstrolaUe 
compykd  by  Geoffry  Chaucer  newly e  amendyd."  But  while  it  has  every  other 
requisite  for  a  printed  book,  it  is  singular  that  no  date  is  any  where  affixed  to  it  ; 
and  as  that  is  a  very  interesting  particular  I  shall  be  at  some  pains  to  establish 
it  from  the  Dedication,  which  is  as  follows  : — 

"  To  the  righte  honorable  and  his  verrie  good  lorde  Edwarde  earle  of  Devoshier 
Walter  Stevins  wissheth  continuall  encrease  of  honoure." 
"  When  I  had  amended  this  lyttell  worke  (my  right  honorable  lorde)  which  I 
now  offer  unto  yower  good  lordship ;  me  thought  my  labours  therein  wolde  not 
onely  be  allowed  of  as  manye  as  delyte  in  those  wyttie  conclusions  of  the 
Astrolabie,  but  also  not  unthankefull  to  your  exceeding  wisdome  ;  who 
amongst  your  other  vertuous  studies  hath  had  a  great  felicitie  and  pleasure  in 
these  mathematicall  practises  also;  which  thinges  especiallie  moveth  me  to 
dedicate  this  my  lytell  travaile  unto  youre  lordship.  And  although  I  confess 
this  to  be  so  slender  and  simple  an  offer  for  youre  excellencye,  yet  it  may  please 
you  to  take  it  as  an  argumente  of  the  faithfull  good  will  and  humble  harte  I 
owe  to  your  honour  which  God  advance  and  encrease  even  as  your  vertues  and 
worthiness  right  well  deserve." 

Now  it  so  happens  that  this  dedication  to  Edward  Earl  of  Devonshire  affords 
a  very  close  determination  of  the  date.  There  are  only  three  noblemen,  all  of 
the  House  of  Courteney,  to  whom  the  name  Edward,  and  the  title  Earl  of 
Devonshire  could  apply. 


INTRODUCTION.  7 

The  first  Edward  succeeded  to  the  title  upon  the  death  of  his  grandfather 
Hugh  in  1419. 

The  second  Edward  received  the  title  from  Henry  VII  after  the  battle  of 
Bosworth.  He  survived  till  1509  ;  but  could  not  have  been  the  object  of  the 
Dedication,  since  Stoeffler's  book,  which  is  referred  to  in  Stevins'  MS.,  was  not 
written  till  1510,  nor  printed  till  1513. 

The  third  Edward  was  that  unfortunate  young  nobleman,  the  great  grand 
son  of  the  preceding,  whose  father  Henry,  after  having  been  created  Marquis 
of  Exeter  by  Henry  VIII,  was  attainted  and  executed  in  the  same  reign. 
Thereupon  this  son  Edward,  then  a  boy  of  twelve  years  old,  was  imprisoned 
and  so  remained  during  his  whole  youth  and  early  manhood,  until  released 
and  restored  in  blood  by  Queen  Mary  in  1553.  But  even  then  his  liberty 
was  of  short  duration,  for  in  little  more  than  two  years  he  was  again  im 
prisoned  and  only  finally  released  to  go  into  a  sort  of  voluntary  exile  wherein 
he  died  at  Padua  in  1556.  He  does  not  appear  to  have  ever  borne  his 
father's  title  of  Marquis  of  Exeter,  although  he  is  so  styled  by  Collins, 
Courthope,  and  others ;  and  it  is  necessary  to  the  complete  identification 
of  the  dedication  to  show  that  these  authorities  are  wrong.  In  contemporary 
chronicles  he  is  invariably  called  Earl  of  Devonshire  :  and  in  the  funeral  oration 
pronounced  at  his  obsequies  in  Padua  by  Dr.  Thomas  Wylson,  wherein,  if  ever, 
all  the  honours  and  dignities  to  which  he  had  been  entitled  would  be  declared — 
and  wherein  his  parents  were  severally  mentioned  as  Marquis  and  Marchioness 
of  Exeter ;  he  is  spoken  of  all  through  as  Comes  Devonian  Thus,  when  the 
favours  are  enumerated  which  Queen  Mary  had  conferred  upon  him,  they  are 
thus  particularized  :  — 

"  Libertatem  donavit,  decus  restauravit,  et  ad  dignitatem  summam  evexit, 
sic  ut  pientissima  Reginse  opera  Comes  Devonisa  ab  omnibus  salutaretur." 

But  the  most  conclusive  proof  that  this  Edward  was  never  Marquis  of  Exeter 
is  found  in  the  Calendar  of  State  Papers,  Domestic  Series,  edited  by  Mr.  Robert 
Lemon.  In  this  there  is  a  list  of  upwards  of  120  letters  to  and  from  this 
Edward  Courtnay  during  his  absence  abroad,  up  to  his  death  at  Padua ;  and  in 
all  these  letters  he  is  styled  by  himself  and  by  others  Earl  of  Devonshire. 
Some  of  these  letters  are  from  his  own  mother,  the  Marchioness  of  Exeter,  and 
upon  one,  dated  Nov.  8,  1555,  there  is  this  autographic  address  : 

"  To  my  son  the  erle  of  Deffonsher  thys  be  delyvred." 

Now,  besides  showing  that  the  title  Earl  of  Devonshire  was  the  proper  one  for 
a  dedication  to  this  young  nobleman,  it  has  been  desirable  to  establish  it  for 
another  reason,  and  that  is,  that  it  narrows  the  date  of  the  dedication  to  the 
short  interval  of  three  years  between  his  creation  to  the  title  of  Earl  of  Devon 
shire  in  1553  and  his  death  in  1556.  Because,  had  the  dedication  been  written 
before  his  legal  restoration,  while  yet  a  prisoner,  the  title  given  to  him  then  by 
his  dependents  would  be  one  of  compliment  and  courtesy,  and  in  that  case  it 
would  assuredly  have  been  the  title  his  father  had  borne — Marquis  of  Exeter. 


8  INTRODUCTION. 

It  only  remains  to  establish  the  probability,  or  indeed  the  certainty,  that  it 
was  to  this  young  nobleman  Walter  Stevins  dedicated  his  Manuscript  of  the 
Conclusions  of  the  Astrolabie.  Of  this  there  are  three  very  sufficient  presump 
tive  proofs : 

1.  The  mention  of  Streffler's  book,  which  limits  the  date  in  one  direction  to 
1513  ;  and  the  absence  of  any  Earl  of  Devonshire  named  Edward  after  1556 
which  limits  it  in  the  other. 

2.  The  probability  derived  from  the  studious  character  of  this  young  nobleman, 
of  whom  Dr.  Wylson,  in  the  funeral  oration  already  mentioned,  spoke  in 
these  terms : — 

"  Nee  angustia  loci,  nee  solitudo,  nee  amissio  libertatis  ilium  a  litteris 
avocaret.  LTnde  tarn  avide  philosophiam  arriepat,  et  tantas  in  ea  progres- 
siones  faciebat,  nemo  ut  illi  ex  principibus  par  esset.  Neque  in  hoc 
solum  laudabili  studio  seipse  exercuit,  sed  intima  natures  scrutatus 
mysteria  :  mathematicorum  labyrinthum  intravit  fructu  summo  et  voluptate 
singulari." 

A  curious  resemblance  may  be  observed  in  these  concluding  words  to  a 
passage  in  the  dedication — "  who,  amongst  your  other  vertuous  studies, 
hath  a  great  felicitie  and  pleasure  in  those  mathematical  practises  also." 

3.  The  following  note  subjoined  in  the  MS.  to  that  passage  in  Chaucer's  treatise 
wherein  the  vernal  equinox  is  attributed  to  the  12th  March.    "  Albeit  in 
Chaucer's  time  upon  the  12  daie  of  March  the  sonne  entred  into  the  hedde 
of  Aries,  yet  in  oure  time  you  shall  finde  that  the  sonne  entreth  therein  on 
the  10th  daie  of  the  same  moneth." 

It  so  happens  that  there  is  a  rather  curious  evidence  that  the  10th  March  was 
generally  received  about  the  middle  of  the  sixteenth  century  as  the  day  of  the 
vernal  equinox.  Puttenham,  in  his  "  Arte  of  English  Poesie,"  treats  the  10th 
March  as  so  notoriously  identified  with  the  vernal  equinox,  that  he  censures  a 
poet's  particular  assignment  of  that  day  to  it  as  an  unnecessary  redundancy. 
"  For  if,"  says  he,  "  the  thing  or  person  they  go  about  to  describe  by  circum 
stance  be  by  the  writer's  improvidence  otherwise  bewrayed,  it  loseth  the  grace 
of  a  figure,  as  he  that  said  : 

"  The  tenth  of  March  when  Aries  received 

Dan  Phoebus'  raies  into  his  horned  head  " — 

1  intending  to  describe  the  spring  of  the  yeare  which  every  man  knoweth  of 
himself  hearing  the  day  of  March  named.  The  verses  be  very  good,  the  figure 
nought  worth,  if  it  were  meant  in  periphrasis  for  the  matter.  That  is,  the 
season  of  the  yeare  which  should  have  been  covertly  disclosed  by  Ambage  was 
by  and  by  blabbed  out  by  naming  the  day  of  the  moneth." 

Lib.  iii.  "  Of  Ornament." 

Puttenham,  as  was  too  often  his  wont,  gives  no  reference  or  clue  by  which 
the  quotation  thus  criticised  could  be  identified  ;  but  with  a  little  research  I 


INTRODUCTION.  9 

have  ascertained  that  it  is  one  of  George  Gascoigne's  poems,  and  may  be  found 
in  his  "Hearbes,"  printed  about  1575.*  Now,  unless  the  association  of  the 
equinox  with  the  10th  of  March  had  been  very  notorious,  and  of  long  standing 
there  would  have  been  no  point  in  Puttenham's  criticism.  The  question  here 
is  not  what  really  was  the  actual  day  of  the  equinox  in  any  given  year,  but 
what  was  popularly  and  generally  supposed  to  be  the  day. 

These  accumulated  proofs  preclude  all  reasonable  doubt  that  Walter  Stevins 
wrote  this  MS.  about  1555,  and  dedicated  it  to  Edward  Earl  of  Devonshire,  the 
last  of  those  names.  The  views  and  pretensions  of  the  writer  will  best  appear 
in  his  own  words  in  an  address  which  immediately  follows  the  dedication 
already  quoted,  and  which  is  also  worth  transcribing,  for  the  additional  reason 
that  many  of  the  remarks  made  in  it  upon  the  state  of  the  text  of  the  Treatise 
on  the  Astrolabe,  in  the  writer's  time,  are  as  applicable  to  it  now  as  they  were 
three  centuries  ago  : — 

"  When  I  happenyd  to  look  upon  the  conclusions  of  the  Astrolabie  compiled 
by  Geffray  Chaucer  and  founde  the  same  corrupte  and  false  in  so  many  and 
sondrie  places  that  I  doubted  whether  the  rudeness  of  the  worke  were  not  a 
greater  sclander  to  the  authour  than  trouble  and  offense  to  the  readers,  I  dyd 
not  a  lytell  mervell  if  a  book  should  come  oute  of  his  handes  so  imperfect  and 
indigest  whose  other  workes  weare  not  onely  rekoned  for  the  best  that  ever 
weare  set  forthe  in  oure  english  tonge,  but  also  weare  taken  for  a  manifest 
argument  of  his  singular  witte  and  generalitie  in  all  kindes  of  knowledge. 
However  be  it  when  I  called  to  remembrance  that  in  his  prohem  he  promised 
to  sette  forthe  this  worke  in  five  partes,  whereof  weare  never  extante  but  those 
two  first  partes  onely,  it  made  me  to  believe  that  either  the  work  was  never 
fynisshed  of  the  authour,  or  els  to  have  ben  corrupted  sens  by  some  other 
meanes,  or  what  other  thynge  might  be  the  cause  thereof,  I  wiste  not  Never 
the  lesse  understanding  that  the  worke,  which  before  lay  al  neglected,  to  the 
profit  of  no  man  and  discourage  of  many,  might  be  tourned  to  the  commoditie 
of  as  manye  as  hereafter  should  happen  to  travayl  in  that  parte  of  knowledge 
I  thowght  it  a  thinge  worthe  my  laboure  if  I  could  sette  it  in  better  order  and 
frame.  Which  thinge  however  I  have  done  it  let  be  thine  indifferent  judge 
ment  which  heretofore  have  readen  th'  other  setting  forth  ;  or  liste  to  repaire 
this  and  that  together ;  wherein  I  confess  that  besides  the  amendinge  of  verie 
many  words,  I  have  displaced  some  conclusions,  and  in  some  places  where  the 


"This  tenth  of  March,  when  Aries  receyu'd 
Dan  Phoebus  rayes  into  his  horned  head  : 
And  I  my  selfe  by  learned  lore  perceyu'd 
That  Ver  approcht  and  frostie  winter  fled  ; 
I  crost  the  Thames,  to  take  the  cherefull  ayre 
In  open  feeldes,  the  weather  was  so  fayre,"  &c. 


10  INTRODUCTION. 

sentences  weare  imperfite  I  have  supplied  and  filled  them  as  necessitie  required. 
As  for  some  conclusions  I  have  altered  them,  and  some  have  I  cleane  put  out 
for  utterly  false  and  untrew  ;  as  namely  the  conclusion  of  direction  and  retro- 
gradacion  of  planetes  and  the  conclusions  to  know  the  longitudes  of  starres 
whether  thei  be  determinate  or  indeterminate  in  the  Astrolabie.  The  conclu 
sion  to  know  with  what  degree  of  the  zodiack  any  planet  ascendeth  on  the 
horizon  whether  his  latitude  be  north e  or  southe — as  the  meanyng  of  the  same 
conclusion  was  most  hardeset  by  reason  of  the  imperfitenes  thereof,  so  in 
practise  I  found  him  most  false — as  he  shall  find  that  list  to  take  the  like 
paines.  Notwithstanding,  this  have  I  done  not  challenging  for  myself  but 
revising  and  leaving  to  worthie  Chaucer  his  one  praise  for  this  worke,  which  if 
it  had  come  parfite  into  oure  handes  (no  doubt)  would  have  merited  wonderful! 
praise.  As  for  me  if  I  have  done  any  thing  therein  it  shall  suffice  if  the  lovers 
of  wittie  Chaucer  do  adopt  my  good  will  and  entente.  VALE." 

It  will  be  seen  in  the  course  of  the  present  reprint  that  I  do  not  by  any 
means  adopt  all  the  alterations  and  additions  made  by  Stevins.  But  as  his  zeal 
in  the  work  is  unquestionable,  and  as  he  has  judiciously  corrected  many  of  the 
more  glaring  errors  of  the  printed  editions  (of  which  no  less  than  three — 1532, 
1542,  and  1545— had  been  published  shortly  before  he  prepared  his  MS.),  his 
corrections  are  worthy  of  being  noted  in  the  margins. 

Of  the  conclusions  specially  mentioned  by  him  towards  the  close  of  the  fore 
going  address,  namely :  "  The  conclusion  of  direction  and  retrogradacion  of 
planetes  "  (XXXVIIth  of  this  edition),  and  "  the  conclusions  to  know  the  longi 
tudes  of  sterres  whether  thei  be  determinate  "  (XXII)  "  or  indeterminate  "  (XXI) 
— he  has  omitted  the  first  and  last,— or,  as  he  expresses  it,  "  cleane  put  out  for 
utterly  false  and  untrew  " — but  he  has  inadvertently  retained  XXII,  although 
coupled  by  himself  with  XXI  in  the  same  sentence.  He  also  specially  mentions 
"  The  conclusion  to  know  with  what  degree  of  the  zodiack  any  planet  ascendeth 
on  the  horizon  whether  his  latitude  be  northe  or  southe  "  (XLII) ;  and  this  he 
retains  and  endeavours  to  render  practicable  by  certain  additions  and  altera 
tions  of  hie  own  devising. 

Now  it  seems  probable  that  Stevins,  in  dealing  with  these  Conclusions,  was 
not  actuated  by  any  judgment  of  his  own,  but  was  influenced  by  Stceffler's  book, 
with  which  he  was  well  acquainted.  It  is  certain  that  the  three  Conclusions 
declared  by  him  to  be  "  utterly  false  and  untrew  "  are  three  out  of  seven  propo 
sitions  which  Stcefiier  especially  condemns.  These  three,  as  numbered  in  his 
list  of  seven,  are  : — 

"  IV.  Inquirere  an  planeta  sit  directus  aut  anomalus  sive  retrogradus." 
"  V.  Perscrutari  in  quo  gradu  signi  sit  quselibet  stella  fixa,  in  reti  descripta 
(Le.,  determinate). 

"  VII.  Determinare  signum  et  gradum  cujuslibet  stellco  fixre,  in  aranea  non 
positce  "  (i.e.,  indeterminate). 


INTRODUCTION.  11 

Now  these  are,  almost  literally,  Chaucer's  XXXVIIth,  XXIInd,  and  XXIst, 
while  his  XLIInd,  which  Stevins  retains,  is  not  expressly  denounced  by 
Stceffler. 

My  opinions  respecting  these  Conclusions  are  stated  in  the  notes  subjoined 

to  them.  That  which  Stevins  has  retained  (the  XLIInd)  is  the  only  one  that  I 
absolutely  repudiate  and  deny  to  be  Chaucer's.  It  is  quite  foreign  to  his 
manner  of  going  to  work  in  his  other  conclusions  ;  and  he  expressly  defers,  in 
his  Proem,  the  subject  of  this  problem  to  the  fourth  part  of  this  treatise : 
which  fourth  part  was  either  too  laborious  a  task  for  him  to  complete,  or,  if 
completed,  was  afterwards  lost.  The  object  of  the  XLIInd  conclusion,  the  last 
of  the  astronomical  series,  is : — 

"  To  knowe  with  what  degree  of  the  Zodiake  that  any  planet  ascendeth  on 
the  orizonte  whether  his  latitude  be  north  or  south." 

And  at  the  end  of  the  conclusion  there  is  a  special  instruction  to  be  observed 
in  finding  "  the  arysing  of  the  Hone."  Now  Chaucer,  in  his  Proem,  says  : — 

"  The  fourthe  partye  shall  be  a  theorike  to  declare  the  mevyng  of  the  celes- 
tiale  bodyes,  with  the  causes  :  the  which  fourthe  partye  in  special  shal  shewe, 
in  a  table  of  the  very  mevynge  of  the  Moone,  from  one  to  one,  every  daye  and 
every  signe,  after  thin  almanacke.  Upon  the  which  table  there  followeth  a 
canon  sufficyent  to  teche,  as  wel  in  maner  of  workynge  in  the  same  conclusions, 
as  to  knowe  in  oure  orizonte  with  which  degre  of  the  Zodiac  the  Mone  ariseth  in  any 
latytude,  and  the  arysynge  of  any  planete  after  his  latytude  fro  the  eclyptike  lyne." 

Now,  it  may  be  observed  that  these  concluding  words  are  almost  identical 
with  the  XLIInd  Conclusion  ;  and  it  is  not  improbable  that  that  conclusion 
was  invented  and  interpolated  in  after  times  in  an  attempt  to  realize  this  pro 
blem  by  the  Astrolabe,  independently  of  the  tables  to  which  it  was  relegated 
by  Chaucer.  Had  Chaucer  himself  attempted  to  do  this,  he  would  never  have 
had  recourse  to  the  clumsy  machinery  described, — which,  I  repeat,  is  quite  foreign 
to  his  manner  of  going  to  work.  There  is  no  scale  of  latitude — "  fro  the  eclyptike 
lyne  " — upon  the  Astrolabe  ;  and  it  is  not  stated  in  the  problem  whence  the 
distance  of  the  compass  points  is  to  be  obtained  :  if  from  the  meridional  almi- 
canters,  there  would  be  no  necessity  for  the  points  of  the  compasses  and  the  waxed 
label,  for  Chaucer  would  have  arrived  at  the  same  result  in  a  far  simpler  way  ; 
he  would  have  brought  the  degree  of  the  planets'  longitude  to  the  meridional 
line  (as  in  Conclusion  XV),  and  finding  the  given  latitude,  above  or  below  the 
ecliptic,  in  the  almicanters,  he  would  lay  the  label  on  it  and  mark  it  thereon 
with  a  "  prycke  of  inke  :"  he  would  then  "  turn  the  rete  about  joyntly  with  the 
label,"  and  bringing  the  mark  to  the  horizon  would  observe  with  what  degree  of 
the  zodiac  it  would  arise.  But  Chaucer  seems  to  have  been  quite  aware  that 
such  a  process  would  not  give  the  true  place  of  the  planet  (although  it  would 
be  just  the  same  as  that  obtained  by  the  ponderous  method  described  in  XLII; ; 
and,  therefore,  he  properly  reserved  this  conclusion  for  determination  by  tables 
of  planetary  motions. 


12  INTRODUCTION. 

When  the  period  at  which  Chaucer  wrote  is  taken  into  consideration,  and 
that  after  all  he  was  but  an  amateur  astronomer,  his  general  correctness  is 
something  admirable.  The  latitude  assigned  by  him  to  Oxford  differs  by 
scarcely  more  than  four  minutes  from  its  rigid  determination  at  the  present 
time  as  noted  in  the  Nautical  Almanac  :  and  so  sensitive  was  he  on  the  score 
of  its  correctness  that  when,  for  the  sake  of  brevity,  he  had  increased  it  by  only 
ten  minutes,  he  takes  care  to  explain  his  having  done  so — "  for  wel  I  wote  the 
latitude  of  Oxenforde  is  certayne  minutes  lesse."  (See  ante,  page  2)  Compare 
this  with  a  professed  and  pretentious  astronomer  (Stoeffler)  who,  a  hundred 
years  later,  in  his  "  Tabula  Regionum,  Provinciarum,  et  Oppidorum  Insigniorum 
Europce  "  (wherein,  by  the  way,  he  ignores  London  altogether),  makes  both 
latitude  and  longitude  of  Oxford  more  than  a  degree  too  much  :  or  with 
Stoeffler's  pupil,  Sebastian  Munster,  the  cosmographer,  who  declares  the  obli 
quity  of  ecliptic  to  be  23  degrees  only ;  and  who,  as  if  to  show  that  it  was  no 
slip  of  the  pen,  assigns  the  longest  day  of  24  hours  to  the  latitude  of  sixty 


Now,  the  most  remarkable  anomaly  attributable  to  Chaucer,  is  his  adoption 
of  23°  50'  as  the  obliquity  of  the  ecliptic  ;  that  being  very  much  in  excess  of 
its  known  quantity  in  his  time. 

He  says  it  is  "  after  Ptholemy,"  which  again  is  disputable  on  the  ground  that 
Ptolemy's  obliquity  was  23°  5 1/  20". 

But  M.  Delambre,  in  his  Astronomie  Ancienne  (Vol.  I.,  pp.  87-88)  shows,  in 
an  elaborate  argument,  that  Ptolemy  borrowed  his  obliquity  from  Eratosthenes, 
who  had  stated  the  ratio  of  the  double  obliquity  to  the  circumference  of  the 
whole  circle  to  be  as  11  to  83  ;  which  ratio,  worked  out  by  Ptolemy  literally, 
produced  his  obliquity  above  named.  But,  M.  Delambre  remarks,  Eratos 
thenes  had  only  intended,  by  11  to  83,  an  approximate  ratio  to  express  an 
observed  double  obliquity  of  forty-seven  degrees  and  two-thirds—sixths  of 
degrees  being  the  nearest  approach  his  instruments  were  capable  of.  Now  it 
is  certainly  remarkable  that  Chaucer's  obliquity  of  23°  5(V  is  not  Ptolemy's  but 
is  the  half  of  47°  40'. 

In  an  essay  upon  the  meaning  of  Chaucer's  prime,  which  will  be  found  at 
the  end  of  this  volume,  I  produce  another  example  of  the  general  accuracy  of 
his  astronomical  results,  and  deduce  from  it  a  conclusive  argument  in  favour  of 
an  important  correction  of  the  text  in  "  The  Nonne's  Preest's  Tale." 

Indeed,  these  researches  into  the  astronomy  of  Chaucer  are  of  great  import 
ance  to  the  text  of  his  poetical  works. 

In  the  first  part  of  this  Treatise  (infra  page  27)  I  have  altered  "eighte 
spere,"  of  the  copies,  into  ninthe  speere,  as  applicable  to  "  the  firste  mevyng 
of  the  firste  mevable."  Now,  my  justification  for  so  doing  happens  to  affect 
very  materially  an  uncertain  reading  of  a  passage  in  The  Frankelein's  Tale; 
which  again  reciprocates  the  benefit  by  confirming  in  its  context  the  propriety 


INTRODUCTION. 


13 


of  the  alteration  alluded  to  :  while  at  the  same  time  it  shows  very  conclusively 
what  its  own  reading  ought  to  be.  The  passage  is  as  follows  in  Tyrwhitt's  edition, 
and  in  all  the  editions  previous  to  his  : — 

And  by  his  eighte  speres  in  his  werking 
He  knew  ful  wel  how  fer  Alnath  was  shove 
Fro  the  hed  of  thilke  fix  Aries  above 
That  in  the  ninthe  spere  considered  is. 

The  Frankelein's  TdU,  11591. 

But  the  two  latest  editors,  Mr.  Wright  and  Mr.  Morris,  both  print  "  thre"  and 
"  fourthe,"  respectively,  for  eighte  and  ninthe.  No  doubt  the  alteration  has  the 
authority  of  the  MS.  selected  by  these  editors  as  their  original ;  but  there 
cannot  be  a  more  convincing  proof  of  its  error  than  this  diagram  of  the  nine 
spheres,  which  is  copied  from  a  Treatise  on  the  Sphere  by  Sacro  Bosco,  edited 
by  Melancthon  in  1538,  but  written  by  Sacro  Bosco  about  a  century  and  a  half 
before  Chaucer  ;  and  the  diagram  has  every  appearance  of  being  a  facsimile 
from  the  original  MS. 

FIGURA  OSTENDENS 

distributionem  &  ordinem 
Sphosrarum  Ccelestium. 


14  INTRODUCTION. 

Here  the  Earth  is  in  the  centre,  and  around  it  are  the  nine  spheres— viz., 
Moon,  Mercury,  Venus,  Sun,  Mars,  Jupiter,  Saturn,  the  Fixed  Stars— denoted 
by  the  black  ground  with  stars  and  the  white  band  above  it  with  the  signs  of 
the  zodiac — and,  lastly,  the  Ninth  sphere,  exterior  to  all. 

The  two  last  are  very  remarkable  in  being  both  distinguished  by  the  signs  of 
the  zodiac,  one  by  symbols  and  the  other  by  effigies.  And  it  must  be  observed 
that  it  is  to  the  ninth  sphere  the  effigies  are  given,  a  further  proof,  if  any  were 
necessary,  that  the  animal  configurations  were  attributed  to  the  true  ecliptic, 
and  not  to  the  stars  which  originally  composed  them.  (See  Note  A  in  the 
Appendix.)  Each  of  these  zodiacs  is  divided  in  twelve  equal  parts  ;  another 
proof  that  unequal  divisions  by  constellations  were  not  regarded  in  the  middle 
ages. 

The  divisions  in  the  ninth  sphere  diverge  from  those  in  the  eighth  by  about 
one  fifth  of  each  sign,  which  very  nearly  agrees  with  the  amount  of  precession 
fixed  by  Ptolemy,  who  made  the  longitude  of  the  first  star  in  his  constellation 
Aries  six  degrees  and  a  half  from  the  equinoctial  point. 

Now  this  diagram  of  the  spheres  has  a  direct  bearing  upon  the  text  of  The 
Frankeleyn's  Tale  ;  not  in  the  amount  of  the  deviation,  but  in  showing  how  the 
comparison  between  the  two  spheres  might  indicate  to  the  astrologer  "  how  fer 
Alnath  was  shove"  Alnath,  being  a  fixed  star,  was  in  the  eighth  sphere,  while 
"  the  hed  of  thilk  fixe  Aries  above  "  was  in  the  ninth  sphere.  Surely  nothing 
could  more  plainly  express  this  process  by  comparison  of  the  two  spheres  than 


And  by  his  eighte  spere  in  his  werching 
He  knewe  ful  wel  how  fer  Alnath  was  shove 
Fro  the  heed  of  thilk  fixe  Aries  above 
That  in  the  ninthe  spere  considred  is. 

That  is,  he  knew, — by  the  extent  of  the  divergence  between  the  divisions  of  the 
eighth  and  ninth  spheres  as  shown  in  this  diagram  (or  in  some  similar  one  in 
accordance  with  the  precession  at  the  time).  For  the  ninth  sphere  was  that  of 
the  equinoctial  points,  and  as  these  were  carried  forward  by  the  effect  of  pre 
cession  in  the  same  direction  as  the  diurnal  revolution,  by  so  much  was  the 
ninth  sphere  supposed  to  exceed  in  swiftness  the  eighth  and  all  the  rest ;  drag 
ging  them  forward,  as  it  were,  and  causing  them,  in  appearance,  to  strive  back 
in  a  contrary  direction  : — 

"  O  firste  mevyng  cruel  firmament, 
With  thy  diurnal  swough  that  crowdest  ay 
And  hurlest  al  fro  est  to  Occident 
That  naturally  wold  holde  another  way." 

Man  of  Lawe's  Tale,  4715. 

Therefore  the  readings  eighte  and  ninthe  in  the  Frankelein's  Tale  are  clearly 
correct,  while  thre  and  fourthe  convert  the  passage  into  unintelligible  nonsense. 


INTRODUCTION.  1 5 

In  another  essay  subjoined  to  this  volume,  wherein  I  endeavour  to  shew 
that  by  "  the  Carrenare  "  in  the  Booke  of  The  Dutchesse,  Chaucer  meant  the 
gulf  of  II  Carnaro,  in  the  Adriatic  sea,  there  will  be  found  an  extract  from 
Sebastian  Munster's  Cosmographie,  describing  the  intermittent  lake  near  Zirck- 
nitz,  in  very  nearly  the  same  terms  as  a  modern  account  of  the  same  lake  which 
appeared  in  the  French  periodical,  "  Cosmos,"  and  was  thence  translated  into 
"The  Student,"  of  September,  1869.  That  a  phenomenon  so  singular  and  so 
apparently  dependent  upon  accidental  causes  should  be  so  little  changed  after 
the  lapse  of  centuries,  is  extremely  interesting. 

I  have  also  reprinted  in  this  volume  a  series  of  papers,  contributed  by  me  to 
"  Notes  and  Queries,"  in  1851,  upon  Chaucer's  astronomy  in  the  Canterbury 
Tales  ;  a  subject  intimately  germane  to  this  Treatise  on  the  Astrolabe.  The 
few  modifications  in  the  views  I  then  expressed  which  have  occurred  to  me  in 
a  reperusal,  I  have  explained  in  additional  notes  to  those  papers. 

A.  E.  B. 
Leeds,  December,  1869. 


EXPLANATION  OF  THE  PLATES. 


The  lines  and  circles  of  the  Astrolabe  being  stereographic  projections  on  the 
plane  of  the  equator,  may  either  be  drawn  by  construction,  as  practised  and 
explained  by  Stoeffler,  or  calculated  by  trigonometrical  formulae.  The  first 
method  is  rude  and  uncertain,  depending  upon  ruled  lines  and  their  points  of 
intersection,  often  at  very  acute  angles.  The  second  method  is  by  far  the 
more  correct,  being  distances  and  radii  calculated  to  any  desired  degree  of  exact 
ness,  and  set  off  with  precision  from  a  scale  of  equal  parts.  It  is  by  this 
second  method  that  the  following  diagrams  have  been  prepared. 

PLATE  I.  Kepresents  the  front  face  of  the  outer  or  principal  plate,  serving  as 
a  frame  to  the  other  parts,  and  called  by  Chaucer  "the  Moder."  It  is  "  thick 
est  at  the  brynkes,  that  is,  the  utmost  ryng  with  degrees;  and  al  the  myddel  within 
the  ryng  shall  be  thynner  to  receyve  the  plates  for  diverse  clymates,  and  also  the 
rethe." 

The  hollow  part  thus  formed  is  called  by  Chaucer  "  the  wombe ;"  and  the 
graduation  of  the  outer  circle  of  degrees,  and  of  the  inner  hour-circle  where 
the  hours  are  denoted  by  the  letters  of  the  alphabet,  is  described  in  the  text. 

PLATE  II,  Represents  the  back  or  reverse  side  of  the  same  plate.  All  the 
circles,  scales,  and  divisions  are  marked  upon  it  as  described  by  Chaucer,  with 
the  exception  of  "  the  names  of  the  holie  daies  in  the  Kalender  and  the  letters 
A.B.C.  on  which  thei  fallen."  These  I  have  omitted  for  two  reasons  :  first, 
because  their  selection  and  distribution  must  be  purely  arbitrary  and  conjectu 
ral,  since  Chaucer  does  not  specify  them.  Second,  because  any  such  names 
and  letters,  without  being  of  any  real  use  to  the  illustration  of  the  instrument, 
would  have  very  much  crowded  and  encumbered  the  drawing.  Had  it  been 
necessary,  however,  to  realize  this  part  of  the  description,  the  most  probable 
source  for  these  names  would  be  the  old  mnemonic  lines  known  in  medieval 
times  as  the  "  Cisio  Janus" 

It  was  on  this  reverse  side  of  the  plate  that  the  radial  index,  with  sights, 
revolved,  for  taking  altitudes,  celestial  and  terrestrial ;  and  the  following  is  the 
manner  in  which  I  imagine  the  index  may  have  been  centred  so  as  to  be  inde 
pendent  of  the  movable  centre-pin.  A  fixed  solid  boss  may  have  been  raised 
upon  the  plate,  around  the  central  hole,  which,  when  truly  turned,  both  inte 
riorly  and  exteriorly,  may  have  received  the  centre-pin  in  its  interior  and  the 
index  upon  its  exterior.  Such  a  centring  for  an  index  stretching  across  the 


EXPLANATION  OF  THE  PLATES.  17 

diameter  of  a  circle,  may  be  seen  in  the  best  sort  of  circular  protractors,  where 
the  centre  is  perforated  for  the  purpose  of  adjusting  it  to  a  point  marked  idpon 
the  paper  beneath.  In  this  way,  and  in  no  other  that  I  can  see,  the  centre- 
pin  might  be  wedged  against  the  rim  of  the  boss  without  interfering  with  the 
free  motion  of  the  index. 

It  is  not  clear  from  Chaucer's  description  of  "  the  label "  whether  it  also  re 
volved  upon  a  centre,  or  whether  it  was  detached,  and  used  merely  as  a  straight 
edge.  I  think  the  latter  is  the  more  probable  ;  and  that  it  was  adjusted  by  the 
eye  to  a  true  diameter  by  its  fiducial  edge,  which  Chaucer  calls  its  point.  It 
is  in  this  way  I  have  represented  it  in  Plates  V.  and  VI.,  by  a  single  straight 
line  drawn  diametrically  across  the  centre.  If,  however,  any  person  should 
prefer  to  believe  that  the  label,  like  the  index,  revolved  upon  a  centre,  there 
can  be  no  difficulty  in  imagining  a  prolongation  of  the  head  of  the  centre-pin, 
upon  which  both  the  rete  and  the  label  might  turn.  But  Chaucer's  descrip 
tion  of  the  label  is  (page  31) : — "Then  thou  hast  a  label  that  is  shapen  like 
a  rule,"  (i.e.,  like  an  index),  "  save  that  it  is  straight,  and  hath  no  plates " 
(sights)  "  on  either  ende  ;  but  with  the  small  point  of  the  forsaied  label  shalt 
thou,"  etc. 

"  Save  that  it  is  straight,"  can  only  mean  that  the  fiducial  edge  was  in  one 
continuous  straight  line  uninterrupted  by  any  centring." 

THE  SCALE,  as  I  have  drawn  it,  requires  especial  remark.  It  is  represented 
by  Stoeffler,  in  depicting  his  own  Astrolabe,  and  by  MSS.  314  and  261  in  de 
picting  Chaucer's,  as  double  ;  that  is,  extending  on  both  sides,  east  and  west  of 
the  vertical  line.  Now  there  is  nothing  in  Chaucer's  description  to  warrant 
this  double  extension.  His  words  are  (page  25) : — 

"  Under  the  crosse  line  is  markyd  the  scale,  in  maner  of  two  squires,  or  els 
in  manner  of  two  ledders  ;  that  serveth  by  his  XXII  pointes,  and  by  his 
devisions,  of  full  many  a  subtil  conclusion."  In  this  description  the  XXII 
pointes  are  clearly  the  eleven  steps  or  grades  on  each  scale,  numbered  I  to  XI, 
which  constitute  its  resemblance  to  a  ladder  :  the  Xllth  is  common  to  both 
scales  and  is  not  numbered.  Were  any  further  proof  needed  that  the  two  MSS, 
above  mentioned  are  sufficiently  modern  to  have  been  copied  in  some 
particulars  from  Stoeffler,  their  representations  of  double  scales  in  opposition 
to  Chaucer's  description  would  furnish  it.  Because,  as  I  have  remarked  in  a 
note  to  Chaucer's  description,  (infra  page  25),  the  error  of  transposing  umbra 
recta  and  umbra  versa,  putting  each  where  the  other  ought  to  be,  (which  is 
common  to  all  the  printed  copies  and  to  MSS.  314  and  23002),  also  exists  in 
Stoeffler's  corresponding  description  in  his  own  book  :  and  I  may  add  that  in 
all  probability  it  originated  there,  and  was  thence  copied  into  edition  1532,  and 
so  was  transmitted  to  every  succeeding  edition.  For  it  is  not  at  all  likely 
that  such  an  obvious  error  should  originate  independently  in  two  different 
treatises  on  the  same  subject. 

Stevins  saw  this  error  and  avoided  it  in  his  own  MS.  and  he  also  corrected 

C 


18  EXPLANATION  OF  THE  PLATES. 

it  in  the  margin  of  MS.  314,  by  drawing  his  pen  across  versa  and  writing 
recta  at  the  side.  Whether  the  error  really  existed  in  MSS.  anterior  to  Stoeffler's 
book  can  only  be  decided  by  comparison  with  some  manuscript  of  unquestion 
able  antiquity  ;  in  which,  if  the  same  error  be  present,  then  the  only  alternative 
will  be  to  suppose  that  Stoeffler  copied  from  some  source  common  to  both. 

PLATE  III. — The  Rete.  This  is  sufficiently  explained  in  the  text,  p.  29. 
It  is  only  necessary  to  add  that  the  ribs  which  stretch  from  the  margin  and 
converge  to  the  pole  of  the  ecliptic,  thus  forming  the  net  work  of  the  rete,  are 
so  drawn  as  to  be  circles  of  longitude  for  the  beginning  of  each  of  the  twelve 
signs  of  the  Zodiac. 

PLATE  IV. — "  The  circles  under  the  rete"  for  the  Latitude  of  Oxford. 
These  circles  are  fully  explained  in  the  text,  pp.  26—29. 

PLATES  V  and  VI. — The  object  of  these  two  plates,  which  represent  the  two 
observations  described  by  Chaucer  in  the  IVth  conclusion,  pp.  33  to  35,  is  to 
place  them  in  contrast  for  the  purpose  of  demonstrating  that  the  star  which 
Chaucer  calls  Alhabor,  in  the  second  observation,  was  RIGEL,  and  not  Sirius 
as  has  been  hitherto  dogmatically  assumed. 

First  it  may  be  seen,  in  plate  V,  that  the  sun  is  in  a  very  favourable  position 
for  observation — that  is,  about  mid-way  between  the  horizon  and  the  meridian 
on  the  eastern  side  ;  and,  in  plate  VI,  that  the  star  Rigel  occupies  almost 
exactly  the  same  position  on  the  western  side.  This  similarity  of  position 
must  have  been  Chaucer's  aim.  Now  Sirius,  at  the  time  stated,  would  be 
much  nearer  to  the  meridian — so  near,  indeed,  as  to  closely  border  upon  that 
proximity  to  it  which  Chaucer  expressly  condemns  in  this  very  conclusion. 
But,  moreover,  Sirius,  at  the  stated  time  would  not  be  at  the  required  altitude 
of  18  degrees  :  and  Stevins,  in  attempting  to  reconcile  this  difficulty,  went  so 
far  as  to  alter  the  time  of  the  observation  from — "passed  seven  of  the  clocke  the 
space  of  eleven  degrees"  (i.e.  44  minutes)  into  "passed  eight  of  the  clocke  the  space 
of  certaine  minutes." 

The  second  proof  is  derived  from  Chaucer's  description  of  the  star,  which  is, 
— "  amonge  an  hepe  of  stars  it  liked  me  to  take  the  altitude  of  the  faire  white 
starre  that  is  cleped  Alhabor."  A  glance  at  the  heavens,  or  at  any  celestial 
map  will  show  at  once  the  justness  of  this  description  as  applied  to  Rigel,  but 
its  utter  inapplicability  to  Sirius  :  there  is  no  constellation  more  brilliantly 
furnished  than  Orion,  nor  a  more  solitary  one  than  Canis  Major. 

And  the  third  proof  is  derived  from  Fretagh's  Arabic  Lexicon,  Vol.  ii,  p. 
127.  where  may  be  found  the  Arabic  name  "Rijil  al  Habor.  Nomen  stellse 
magnso  et  lucidae,  J3  in  pede  Orionis." 

After  this,  no  further  argument  need  be  urged,  I  shall  merely  point  out  that 
in  Plate  VI,  the  position  of  Rigel  is  marked  by  the  common  intersection  of  its 
circles  of  longitude  and  latitude  with  the  almicanter  of  18  degrees. 

In  projecting  these  circles  I  have  assumed  for  Rigel  in  the  year  1390,  a  lon 
gitude  of  G89  15',  and  a  latitude  of  319  23'  South. 


€1)0  Conclusions  of  tf)e 


THE    PROHEME. 


LOWYS  my  sone,  I  perceyve  wel  by  certeyn 
evydences  thyn  abylite  to  lerne  sciences  toucliinge  nom- 
bres  and  proporcions  and  also  wel  consydre  I  thy  besye 
prayer  in  special  to  lerne  the  tretys  of  the  Astrolabie. 
Then  forasmoche  as  a  philosopher  sayeth  he  wrappeth  hym  in  his 
frende  that  condiscendeth .  to  the  ryghtful  prayers  of  his  frende, 
therefore  I  have  gyven  thee  a  sufficient  astrolabye  for  oure 
horizont  compowned  after  the  latytude  of  Oxenforde :  Upon  the 
which  by  medyacion  of  this  lytel  tretys  I  purpose  to  teche  thee 
a  certayn  nombre  of  conclusions  pertayning  to  this  same  instru 
ment.  I  saye  a  certayn  nombre  of  conclusions  for  three  causes. 
The  firste  cause  is  this  :  Truste  wel  that  alle  the  conclusions  that 
have  ben  founden,  or  elles  possiblye  might  be  founde  in  so  noble  an 
instrument  as  is  the  astrolabye,  ben  unknowen  perfitly  to  any  mortal 
man  in  this  region  as  I  suppose  :  another  cause  is  this,  that  sothely 
in  any  tretyse  of  th'e  astrolabye  that  I  have  y-sene  ther  ben  some 
conclusions  that  wol  not  in  alle  thinges  perfourme  ther  behestes  ; 
and  some  of  hem  ben  too  harde  to  thy  tender  age  of  ten  yere  to 
conceyve. 

is  tretyse,  devyded  in  five  partes,  wil  I  shewe  thee  undyr 
lighte  reules  and  nakyd  wordes  in  englissh — for  latyn  ne  canste 
thou  not  but  smal,  my  litel  sone.  But  nevertheless  suffyseth  to 
thee  these  trewe  conclusions  in  englissh  as  wel  as  suffyseth  to  the 
noble  clerkys  grekes  these  same  conclusions  in  greke  ;  and  to  the 
arabiens  in  arabike,  and  to  jewes  in  hebrew,  and  to  latyn  folk  in 


20  THE  PROHEME. 

latyn  :  which  latyn  folk  hadde  hem  first  out  of  other  divers  Ian. 
gages,  and  wrote  hem  in  ther  own  tonge,  that  is  to  saien,  in  latyn. 
And  God  wote  that  in  alle  these  langages  and  in  many  mo  have 
these  conclusions  ben  sufficiently  lerned  and  taughte  and  yit  by 
divers  reules,  right  as  dyvers  pathes  leden  dyvers  folk  the  right 
weye  to  Koine. 

w  wol  I  pray  mekely  every  discrete  person  that  redeth  or 
hereth  this  lytel  tretyse  to  have  my  rude  endyting  excused, 
and  my  superfluite  of  wordes,  for  two  causes  :  the  first  cause  is,  for 
that  curious  endyting  and  harde  sentens  is  ful  hevy  at  onys  for 
suche  a  childe  to  lerne  :  and  the  second  cause  is  this,  that  sothely 
me  semeth  better  to  writen  unto  a  child  twise  a  gode  sentens  than 
he  forlete  it  ones.  And  Lowis  if  it  be  so  that  I  shewe  thee  in  my 
lyth  englysh  as  trewe  conclusions  touchinge  this  matyr,  and  not 
only  as  trewe  but  as  manye  and  as  subtile  conclusions  as  ben 
y  shewed  in  latyn  in  any  comune  tretise  of  the  astrolabye  conne 
me  the  more  thanke  and  praye  God  save  the  Kyng  that  is  lord  of 
this  langage,  and  alle  that  him  fayth  bereth  and  obeyeth,  everich  in 
his  degre  the  more  and  the  lasse.  But  consydereth  wel  that  I  ne 
usurpe  not  to  have  founden  this  werk  of  my  labour  or  of  myn 
engyn  :  I  n'am  but  a  lewd  compilatour  of  the  labour  of  olde  astro- 
logiens,  and  have  it  translated  in  myn  englysh  only  for  thy  doctryne  : 
and  with  this  swerd  shal  I  sleen  envye. 

T~IHE  FIRSTE  PARTYE  of  this  tretyse  shal  shewe  the  figures  and 
the    membres   of    thyn  astrolabye,  bicause  that  thou  shalte 
have  the  greter  knowinge  of  thyne  owne  instrument. 

HPHE  SECONDE  PARTYE  shal  teche  thee  to  werken  the  verray  prac- 
tike  of  the  forsayde  conclusions  as  ferforth  and  also  narrow 
as  may  be  shewed  in  so  smale  an  instrument  portatife  aboute. 
For  wel  wote  every  astrologien  that  smallest  fractions  ne  wol  not 
be  shewed  in  so  smale  an  instrument  as  in  subtile  tables  calculed 
for  a  cause. 


E  THRIDDE  PARTYE  shal  conteyne  dyvers  tables  of  longitudes 
and  latitudes  of  sterres  fyxe  in  the  astrolabye.  And  tables 
of  the  declinacions  of  the  sonne.  And  tables  of  the  longitudes 
of  cities  and  tounes.  And  tables  as  wel  for  the  governaunce  of  the 
clokke  as  for  to  finde  the  altitude  meridiane,  and  many  an  other 


THE   PROHEME.  21 

notable  conclusion  after  the    kalenders  of   the  reverente   clerkes 
frere  John  Somme  and  frere  N.  Lenne.* 

E  FOUETHE  PARTYE  shal  be  a  theorike  to  declare  the  meving 
of  the  celestiale  bodyes,  with  the  causes ;  the  whiche  fourthe 
partye  in  special  shal  shewe  in  a  table  the  verray  mevyng  of  the 
mone  from  one  to  one,  every  daye,  and  every  signe  after  thyn 
almanak.  Upon  the  whiche  table  ther  followeth  a  canon  sufficient 
to  teche  as  wel  in  maner  of  working  in  the  same  conclusions  as  to 
knowe  in  oure  orizonte  with  whiche  degre  of  the  Zodiake  the  Mone 
aryseth  in  eny  latitude,  and  the  arysing  of  eny  planete  after  his 
latitude  fro  the  ecliptike  lyne. 

E  FYFTE  PARTYE  shal  ben  an  introductorie  after  the  statutes  of 
oure  doctours,  on  which  thou  maiest  lerne  a  grete  parte  of  the 
generalle  rules  of  theorike  in  astrologye.  In  which  fifte  partie  thou 
shalt  finde  tables  of  equacions  of  houses  after  the  latitude  of  Oxen- 
ford;  and  tables  of  dignitees  of  pianettes  and  othere  notefulle 
thinges  if  God  vouchesauf  and  hys  mothir  the  mayde,  mo  than  I 
behote. 

*  Nicolaus  de  Lynna,.i.e.,  of  Lynn,  in  Norfolk,  was  a  noted  astrologer  in 
the  reign  of  Edward  III.,  and  was  himself  a  writer  of  a  treatise  on  the  Astro 
labe.  See  Bale — who  mentions  "Joannes  Sombe"  as  the  collaborates  of 
Nicolaus—"  Istos  ob  eorum  eruditionem  multiplicem,  non  vulgaribus  in  suo 
Astrolabio  celebrat  laudibus  Galfridus  Chaucer  poeta  lepidissimua." — BALE 
(edit.  1548),  p.  152. 


Entotfi  fte 


THE  FIRSTE  PARTYE 


tf)e  ^figures  anti  tf)e 
tires  of  tfjpn 


&gng, 


JWoticr, 


YNE  ASTROLABYE  hath  a  EYNG  to 
putten  on  thy  thombe  on  thy  righte 
honde  in  taking  the  heyght  of  thynges. 
And  take  kepe  forasmuch  as  from  hence 
forward  I  wol  clepe  the  heyght  of  every  thing  that 
is  take  by  the  reule  the  altitude  withouten  mo  words. 
This  ryng  renneth  in  a  maner  of  a  toret  set  fast  in 
the  mothir  of  thyn  Astrolabye  in  a  rume,  or  a  space, 
that  it  distourbeth  not  the  instrument  to  hangen 
after  the  right  centure. 

rphe  moder  of  thyn  astrolabie*  is  thickest  by  the 
brinkes,  that  is,  the  utmost  ryng  with  degrees; 
and  all  the  myddle  within  the  ryng  shall  be 
thynner  to  receve  the  plates  for  divers  clymates, 
and  also  for  the  rethe  that  is  shape  in  manner  of  a 
net  or  elles  after  the  webbe  of  a  loppe. 

H^his  moder  is  devyded  on  the  bakkhalfe  with  a 
lyne  that  cometh  discendyng  fro'  the  ryng 
down  to  the  netherest  bordure,  the  which  lyne 
fro  the  forsaied  ryng  unto  the  centre  of  the  large 
hole  amidde,  is  cleped  the  South  lyne  or  elles 
the  lyne  merydyonal  :  and  the  remenaunt  of  this 


*  This  description  of  "the  moder"  is  twice  repeated  in  all  the  copies  ;  the 
first  time  as  an  addition  to  the  preceding  description  of  the  ring  with  which  it 
has  properly  no  connexion,  and  from  which  I  have  expunged  it,  retaining  only 
this  separate  paragraph. 


THE  FIGURES   AND   THE  MEMBEES. 


23 


lyne  doune  to  the  bordure  is  cleped  the  North 
lyne  or  elles  the  lyne  of  mydnyght. 

/~\verthwarte  this  forsated  long  lyne  there  cros- ' 
^  seth  hym  an  other  lyne  of  the  same  length 
fro  est  to  west:  of  the  which  lyne  from  a  lytel 
crosse  in  the  bordure  unto  the  centre  of  the  large 
hole  is  cleped  the  est  line  or  elles  the  line  orientale 
and  the  remenaunt  of  the  line  fro  the  foresaied 
centre*  unto  the  bordure  is  y-cleped  the  west  line, 
or  the  line  occidentale. 

"YTow  hast  thou  heer  the  foure  quarters  of  thyn 
•*•  astrolabye  devyded  after  the  foure  priucipale 
plages  or  quarters  of  the  firmament. 


<£ro&$  Efneg. 


<&uartcrg 

ot  tp* 

^Firmament. 


fcpe  JUgpte 
j&toi  ant) 
tpe  Sgfte. 


le  est-side  of  thyn  astrolabie  is  cleped  the 
righte  side,  and  the  west  side  is  cleped  the 
lyfte  side.  Forgete  not  this,  litel  Lowys.  Put 
the  ring  of  thyn  astrolabye  upon  the  thombe  of 
thy  righte  hande  and  then  wil  his  right  side  be 
toward  thy  lyfte  side  and  his  lyft  side  wil  be 
toward  thy  righte  side :  and  take  this  reule 
generale  as  wel  on  the  bakk  as  on  the  wombe 
syde.  Upon  the  ende  of  this  est  line,  as  I  first 
saide,  is  ymarked  a  litel  cros,  whereas  evermore 
generally  is  consydred  the  entryng  of  the  est 
degre  in  the  which  the  sonne  aryseth. 
"C'ro  the  litel  cros  up  to  the  ende  of  the  meridio-  $T 
•*-  nal  line,  undyr  the  ryng,  shalte  thou  finde  the  an& 
bordure  devyded  with  xc  degrees  and  by  that 
same  proporcion  is  every  quarter  of  thyn  astro 
labye  devyded  :  over  the  whiche  degrees  ther  been 
nombres  of  augrim  that  devyden  thilke  same 
degrees  from  five  to  five,  as  sheweth  by  longe 
strikes  betwene;f  [of  whiche  longe  strikes  the 
space  betwene  conteyneth  a  mile-waie  :  and  every 
degre  of  thilke  bordure  conteyneth  foure  minutes, 
that  is  to  saie,  foure  minutes  of  an  hour.] 

*  I  have  here  substituted  "  centre  "  for  "  oriental "  of  the  copies. 

t  Nombres  of  augrim,  i.e.,  Arabic  figures.  Stevens  omitted  the  words  in 
brackets — I  think  correctly ;  for  they  properly  apply  only  to  the  other  face  of 
the  instrument. 


24 


anti 


of  tj&e 


THE  FIGURES  AND  THE  MEMBRES. 

\)t  nameg  T  Tnder  the  compase  of  thilke  degrees  ben  wretyn 
t&e  j&fgne*.  U  the  names  of  the  twelve  signes,  as  Aries, 
Taurus,  Gemini,  Cancer,  Leo,  Virgo,  Libra,  Scorpio, 
Sagittarius,  Capricornus,  Aquarius,  Pisces.  And 
the  nombres  of  the  degrees  of  these  signes  ben 
wretyn  in  augrim  above,  and  with  longe  devysions 
from  five  to  five  devyded,  from  the  tyme  that  the 
signe  entreth,  unto  the  last  ende.  But  understande 
wel  that  these  degrees  of  signes  ben  everych  of 
hem  consydred  of  Ix  minutes,  and  every  mynute 
of  Ix  secondes,  and  so  forth  unto  smale  fractions 
infynite,  as  sayeth  Alcabucius.*  And  knowe  wel 
that  a  degre  of  the  bordure  conteineth  foure 
minutes  ;  and  a  degre  of  a  signe  conteineth  Ix 
minutes  :  and  have  this  in  mind. 


Vfext  this,  followeth  the  cercle  of  the  daies, 
.LI  figured  in  maner  of  the  degrees,  that  con- 
tainen  in  nombre  thre  hundred  threescore  and 
five  :  devyded  also  with  longe  strikes  from  five 
to  five,  and  the  numbres  of  augrim  wretyn  under 
the  cercle. 

xt  the  cercle  of  daies,  followeth  the  cercle  of 
the  twelve  names  of  the  monethes  ;  that  is  to 
saie,  Januarius,  Februarius,  Marcius,  Aprill,  Maius, 
Junius,  Julius,  August,  September,  October,  No 
vember,  December.  These  monethes  taken  ther 
names,  some  for  properties,  and  some  by  statutes 
of  Emperours,  and  some  by  other  Lordes  of  Eome. 
Eke  of  these  monethes,  as  liked  to  Julius  Csesar 
and  Csesar  Augustus,  some  were  compowned  of 
divers  nombres  of  daies  as  July  and  August. 
Then  hath  Januarius  xxxi  daies,  Februarius 
xxviii,  Marcius  xxxi,  April  xxx,  Maie  xxxi, 
Junius  xxx,  Julius  xxxi,  August  xxxi,  September 
xxx,  October  xxxi,  November  xxx,  December 


©ercle 
of  tf)*  fcagfg. 


nnmgg 


*  Et  unumquidque  istorum  signorum  dividitur  in  30  partes  equales  quse 
gradus  vacantur.  Et  gradus  dividitur  in  60  mimita;  et  minntum  in  60 
secunda  ;  et  secundum  in  60  tertia ;  similiterque  sequuntur  quarta ;  similiter 
et  quinta  ;  ascendendo  usque  ad  infinita."  Alchabitii,  Difftia  Ima. 


THE  FIGURES   AND  THE   MEMBEES.  25 

xxxi.*  Nathelesse  although  that  Julius  Caesar 
toke  two  daies  out  of  Feverire  and  put  hem 
in  his  moneth  of  July ;  and  Augustus  Caesar 
cleped  the  moneth  of  Auguste  after  hys  name, 
and  ordeined  it  of  one  and  thirtie  daies:  yet 
truste  wel  that  the  Sonne  dwelleth  therefore 
never-the-more  ne-the-lesse  in  one  sygne  than 
in  an  other. 

rphen  foloweth  the  names  of  the  holy-daies  in  the 
•*-  Kalender  and  next  hem  the  letters  of  the 
A.B.C.  on  which  thei  fallen. 

"VText  the  forsaid  cercle  of  the  A.B.C.,  undyr  the      ®&e  j&cale. 

•^     overthwarte  lyne,  is  markyd  the   SCALE,  in 

maner  of  two  squires  or  elles  in  manner  of  two 

ledders,  that  serveth  by  hys  twenty  two  poinctes, 

and  hys  devisions,  of  ful  many  a  subtill  conclusion. 

Of  this  forsaied  scale,  fro  the  crosse  lyne  unto  the 

verie  angle  is  cleped  UMBRA  VERSA  and  the  nethyr 

partie  UMBRA  RECTA,  or  elles  UMBRA  EXTENSA.-)- 

^hen  haste  thou  a  brode  reule  that  hath  on  every      &fje  &eule. 

•  ende   a  square  plate  percyd  with   certayne 
holes,  some  more  and  some  lasse,  to  receyve  the 
stremes  of  the  sonne  by  day,  and  eke  by  media- 
cion  of  thyn   eye  to  knowe  the  altitude  of  the 
sterres  by  night. 

en  is  ther  a  large  pyn,  in  maner  of  an  exiltre      ®|)e  $»iu 

that  goth  thrugh  the  hole  amyd,  that  halte  the 
tables  of  the  clymates  in  the  rete  in  the  wombe  of 
the  moder;  throw  which  pyn  ther  goth  a  litel 

*  It  is  worthy  of  remark  that  Stevins  here  inserts  in  his  MS.,  by  way  of 
illustrating  the  text,  those  well-known  lines,  "  Thirtie  dais  hath  September," 
&c.,  adding,  "  Lo,  verses  of  the  nomber  of  the  dais  in  the  usuall  monetks  of 
ye  kalendar."    This  is,  I  think,  an  earlier  date  than  has  hitherto  been  discovered 
for  these  lines. 

t  In  all  the  copies,  printed  and  MS.,  except  that  of  Stevins,  these  terms  are 
reversed :  except  also  Sloane  MS.  314,  in  which  the  same  error,  which  originally 
existed  in  it  also,  has  been  corrected  in  the  margin,  probably  by  Stevins.  And 
it  is  very  remarkable  that  Stceffler,  who  perhaps  never  saw  Chaucer's  treatise, 
should  yet,  in  his  description  of  this  part  of  the  Astrolabie,  have  precisely  this 
same  error  of  reversal  of  terms  in  both  his  text  and  his  illustrative  drawing. 


26  THE  FIGURES  AND   THE  MEMBEES. 

wedge  the  which  is  cleped  the  hors  that  streyneth 
alle  these  partes  togeder.  This  forsaied  gret  pyn, 
in  maner  of  an  exiltre,  is  imagined  to  be  the 
pole  artike  in  thyn  Astrolabye. 

JFourc  rphe  wombe  side  of  thyn  Astrolabye  also  is 
eg  of  tf)e  -*-  devided  with  a  longe  cross  in  foure  quarters 
fro  the  est  to  west,  and  fro  the  south  to  north, 
from  righte  side  to  lyfte  side,  as  is  the  bakksyde. 
The  bordure  of  whiche  wombe  side  is  devided  fro 
the  poynt  of  the  est  line  unto  the  poynt  of  the 
south  line  undyr  the  ryng  in  xc  degrees  ;  and  by 
the  same  proporcion  is  every  quarter  devided  as 
is  the  bakkside  that  amounteth  thre  hundred 
sixtie  degrees.  And  understande  wel  that  the 
degrees  of  this  bordure  ben  answerynge  and 
consentynge  to  the  degrees  of  the  equinoctial 
of  t|)e  fliat  is  deeded  in  the  same  nombre  as  every 
other  cercle  in  the  highe  hevene. 

®be  lift),  rphis  bordure  is  devided  also  with  xxxiii  letters 
•*•  and  a  smale  cros  aboute  the  south  line  that 
sheweth  the  xxiv  houres  equale  of  the  clokke. 
And  I  have  seide  five  of  these  degrees  maken  a 
mile-waie,  and  thre  mile-wai  maken  an  hour :  and 
every  degre  of  this  bordure  conteyneth  foure 
minutes,  and  every  minute  foure*  secondes.  Now 
have  I  tolde  thee  twise  for  the  more  declaration. 

$late      nphe  plate  under  the  Eete  is  descryved  with  thre 
>*  tfre       J-    cercles,  of  whiche  the  leest  is  cleped  the  cercle 


Qf  Qancer  .  bicause  that  the  hed  of  Cancer  tourneth 
evermore  concentrike  uppon  the  same  cercle.  In 
this  hed  of  Cancer  is  the  gretest  declynacion 

northward  of  the  sonne,  and  therefore  is  he  cleped 
<  .       .          .  ~  . 

of   jfcomer,      Solsticmm  of  Somer:  which  declynacyon,  after 

Ptholemy  is  xxiii  degrees  and  fyfty  minutes,  as 
wel  in  Cancer  as  in  Capricorne.  This  cercle  of 
Cancer  is  cleped  the  tropike  of  somer,  of  tropos, 


*  In  editt.  1602,  1687,  and  in  Urry's,  this  is  misprinted  "fowertie  secondes." 
In  the  earlier  printed  editt.,  and  also  in  Stevins'  and  other  MSS.  it  is  "  Ix 
secondes"  See  page  4  supra  in  Introduction. 


THE  FIGURES  AND   THE  MEMBRES.  27 

that  is  to  seyn,  ayenward ;  for  then  begynneth  the 
sonne  to  passe  fro  usward. 

The  myddyl  cercle  in  widenesse  of  these  thre 
is  cleped  the  cercle  Equinoctiale,  uppon  which 
tourneth  evermore  the  heddes  of  Aries  and  Libra. 
And  understonde  wel  that  evermore  thys  cercle 
equinoctial  tourneth  justlie  fro  the  verray  est  to 
the  verray  west,  as  I  have  shewed  in  the  speere 
solide. 

This  same  cercle  is  cleped  also  the  Equatour  or 
wayer  of  the  day ;  for  whan  the  sonne  is  in  the 
hede  of  Aries  or  Libra  than  ben  the  dayes  and 
nightes  y-like  of  length  in  al  the  world,  and 
therefore  ben  these  two  signes  called  equinoctis. 

And  al  that  meveth  within  these  heddes  of  Aries 
and  Libra  ben  ycalled  northward,  and  al  that 
mevith  without  these  heddes  his  movyng  is  cleped 
southward,  as  fro  the  equinoctial.  Take  kepe  of 
this  latitude  north  and  south  and  forgete  it  not. 

By  this  cercle  equinoctial  ben  considered  the 
xxiv  houres  of  the  clokke— for  evermore  the 
arising  of  xv  degrees  of  the  equinoctial  maketh  an 
hour  equale  of  the  clokke. 

This  Equinoctial  is  cleped  the  midway  of  the 
firste  mevyng  or  elles  of  the  sonne.  Also  it  is 
cleped  girdel  of  the  firste  mevyng  for  it  departeth 
the  firste  movable  in  two  like  partyes  even  dis- 
taunt  fro  the  poles  of  this  world.  And  note  that 
the  firste  mevygn  of  the  firste  movable  is  cleped 
mevyng  of  the  [ninthe]  speere,  which  mevying  is  • 
fro  est  to  west  and  ageyn  into  est.* 

The  widest  of  these  thre  cercles  principale  is 
cleped  the  cercle  of  Capricorn  [bicause  that  the 

*  I  have  endeavoured  by  transposing  some  of  the  parts  of  this  paragraph, 
and  by  changing  "  eighte"  (sphere)  of  the  copies  into  ninthe,  to  restore  the 
sense.  My  reasons  for  this  last  alteration  are  given  in  the  Introduction  (supra 
p.  14.)  The  "firste  movyng  of  the  first  mevable"  which  sounds  so  tauto- 
l.)-i«-al  may  1m  explained  by  the  two  movings,  first  and  second,  into  which 
I'l.il.-nix  .livi.lc.l  ill,;  Primum  Mobile.  See  the  marginal  note  to  The  Man  of 
Lawe's  Tale  4715  in  the  Laus.l.»\vn  MS.  reprinted  by  the  Percy  Society,  and 
edited  by  Mr.  Wright,  Vol.  i,  page  213. 


28 


THE  FIGURES  AND   THE  MEMBRES. 


head  of  Capricorne]*   tourneth  evermore  concen- 

trike  uppon  the  same  cercle.     In  the  hede  of  this 

foresaied   Capricorne    is   the   gretest   declinacion 

southward  of  the  sonne  and  therefore  it  is  cleped 

fre  j&oteticium  Solsticium  of  winter.    This  cercle  of  Capricorne 

of  22lint*r.      is   also  cleped  the  tropike  of  winter,  for  thanne 

begynneth  the  sonne  to  come  ageyn  to  usward. 

TTppon  this  forsaied  plate  ben  compassed  cer- 
^  teyne  cercles  that  highten  Almicanteras :  of 
whiche  some  of  hem  semen  perfite  cercles  and  some 
semen  imperfite.  The  centure  that  standeth  amydst 
the  narrowest  cercle  is  cleped  the  Signet.^  And 
the  netherest  cercle  [or  the  firste  cercle,  is  cleped 
©rf^ont.  the  orizonte,  that  is  the  cercle]|  that  devideth 
the  two  emisperies,  the  partye  of  the  heven  above 
the  yerthe  and  the  partye  beneth.  These  almican 
teras  be  compouned  by  two  and  two,  al  be  it  so 
that  on  diveres  astrolabyes  some  almicanteras  ben 
devided  by  one,  and  some  by  two,  and  some  by 
thre,  after  the  quantite  of  the  astrolabye.  This 
foresaied  signet  is  y-magined  to  be  the  verray 
poynt  over  the  crowne  of  thy  heed,  and  also  this 
signet  is*  the  verray  pole  of  the  orizonte  in  every 


T^rom  this  signet,  as  it  semeth,  ther  comen  croked 
-*-  strikes,  like  to  the  clawes  of  a  loppe,  or  elles 
like  to  the  worke  of  a  woman's  calle,  inkerving 
overthwart  the  almicanteras;  and  these  same 
&$imut*g.  strikes  or  devisions  ben  cleped  Azimutes:§  and 
they  deviden  the  orizonte  on  thyne  astrolabye  in 
xxrv  devisions.  And  these  azimutes  serve  to 
knowe  the  costes  of  the  firmament ;  and  to  other 


*  These  words  are  not  in  the  copies.    1  have  taken  them  from  the  corre 
sponding  description  of  Cancer,  just  before  ;  which  Stevins  also  adopted. 

t  Stevins  invariably  but  very  improperly,  altered  signet  to  Zenith  See  notes 
to  conclusions  XVI  and  XXXII.) 

J  The  words  in  brackets  are  not  in  the  printed  copies  :  they  are  supplied 
from  th.e  MSS. 

§  Fcjr  these  azimuths,  see  Note  to  Conclusion  XXXIII.  page  52. 


THE   FIGURES  AND   THE   MEMBKES.  29 

conclusions — as  for  to  knowe  the  signet*  of  the 
sonne  and  of  every  sterre. 

"Mext  these  azimutes,  rnidyr  the  cercle  of  Can- 
cer,  ben  the  twelve  devisions  embolite,  moche 
like  to  the  shape  of  the  azimutes,  that  shewen  the 
spaces  of  the  houres  of  the  Planets, 
rphe  Rete  of  thyn  astrolabye,  which  is  thy  Zo- 
•*•  diake,  shapen  in  maner  of  a  net,  or  of  a  lop 
webbe,  after  the  olde  descripcion,  which  thou 
maiest  tourne  up  and  doune  as  thiself  liketh, 
conteynth  certayn  nombre  of  sterres  fixe,  with 
ther  longitudes  and  latitudes  determinate,  if  it 
so  be  that  the  maker  have  not  erred.  The 
namys  of  the  sterres  ben  wretyn  in  the  margin 
of  thy  rete,  there  as  they  sitte ;  of  the  whiche 
sterres,  the  smale  poynt  is  cleped  the  centure. 
And  understonde  that  alle  the  sterres  sittynge 
within  the  Zodiake  of  thyn  astrolabie  ben  cleped 
sterres  of  the  north,  for  they  arisen  by  the  north- 
est  lyne :  and  al  the  remenaunt  fixed  out  of  the 
Zodiake  ben  i -cleped  sterres  of  the  south, — but 
I  saie  not  that  they  arisen  alle  by  the  south-est 
lyne,  witnesse  of  Aldebaron  and  also  Algomisa. 
Generally  understoude  this  reule,  that  thilke 
sterres  that  ben  cleped  sterres  of  the  north 
arysen  rather  then  the  degre  of  ther  longitude, 
and  all  the  sterres  of  the  south  arysen  aftyr 
the  degre  of  ther  longitude,  that  is  to  saien, 
sterres  in  thyn  astrolabie. 

^l^he  mesure  of  longitude  of  sterres  is  y-taken  in 
'  the  lyne  ecliptike  of  heven  ;  undyr  the  whiche 
lyne  when  the  sonne  and  the  mone  ben  lyne  right, 
elles  in  the  superficie  of  this  lyne,  thanne  is  the 
eclips  of  the  sonne  or  of  the  mone :  as  I  shall 
declare  and  eek  the  cause  why.  But  sothelie  the 
ecliptike  lyne  of  the  zodiake  is  the  utterest  bor- 
dure  of  the  Zodiacke  there  thy  degrees  ben  markyd. 
The  zodiake  of  thyn  astrolabie  is  shapen  as  a 

*  Here  "  Signet"  means  the  azimuthal  point,  or  bearing. 


30  THE    FIGUEES  AND   THE  MEMBRES. 

compace  which  that  conteyneth  a  large  brede  as 
after  the  quantite  of  thyn  astrolabye,  in  ensample 
that  the  zodiake  of  hevene  is  ymagined  to  be  a 
superficies  conteyning  the  latitude  of  twelve  de 
grees  whereas  al  the  remenaunt  of  cercles  in 
heven  ben  ymagined  verray  lines  withouten  any 
latitude. 

®cli$tikt  A  myddes  the  celestial  zodiake  is  imagined  a 
gn*.  -£*-  lyne  which  that  is  cleped  the  ecliptike  lyne, 
under  the  whiche  lyne  is  evermore  the  way  of  the 
sonne.  Thus  ben  there  sixe  degrees  of  the  zodiake 
on  that  one  side  of  the  lyne,  and  six  degrees  on 
that  other  * 

Q/&e  Sottafe*.  rphe  zodiake  is  devyded  in  twelve  principale 
devisions  that  departen  the  twelve  signes  : 
and,  for  the  streightnes  of  thyn  astrolabye,  thanne 
is  every  smale  devision  in  a  signe  y-parted  by  two 
degrees  and  two,  I  mene  degrees  conteyning  Ix 
minutes.  And  this  hevenish  zodiake  is  cleped 
the  cercle  of  the  signes  or  the  cercle  of  bestes ; 
for  zodiake  in  language  of  greeke  souneth  bestys 
in  latyne  tonge.  And  in  the  zodiake  ben  the  twelf 
signes  that  have  names  of  bestes:  bicause  whan 
the  sonne  entreth  in  eny  of  the  signes  he  taketh 
the  propertie  of  soche  bestes:  or  elles  f<ta  that 
the  sterres  that  there  ben  fixe  ben  disposed  in 
signe  of  bestes,  or  in  shape  like  bestes,*^  or  elles 
when  planetes  ben  under  the  signes  thei  transmue 
us  by  ther  influence,  operacions,  and  effectes  like 
to  operacions  of  bestys.  And  understonde  also 
that  when  an  hote  planet  cometh  into  an  hote 
signe  thanne  encreaseth  his  hete,  and  if  a  planet 
be  colde  thanne  amenuseth  his  coldnes  bicause  of 
the  hote  signe :  and  by  this  conclusion  maiste 
thou  taken  ensample  in  alle  signes  be  thei  moiste 

*  There  is  some  confusion  here  between  the  celestial  zodiac  and  the  instru 
mental  zodiac  of  the  astrolabe  ;  six  degrees  on  each  side  of  the  ecliptic  cannot 
apply  to  the  latter,  for  Chaucer  had,  a  few  lines  before,  described  the  ecliptic 
line  of  the  instrument  as  "  the  utterest  bordure  of  the  zodiake." 

t  See  Note  B,  in  appendix,  page  84. 


THE  FIGURES  AND  THE    MEMBRES. 

or  drie,  movable  or  fixe,  rekening  the  qualite  of 
the  planetes  as  I  first  saied. 

nnhanne  haste  thou  a  LABEL  that  is  shapen  like  a 
-*-  reule  save  that  it  is  streight  and  hath  no 
plates  on  eythere  ende  :  but  with  the  smale  poynt 
of  the  foresaied  label  shalte  thou  calcule  the 
equacions  in  the  bordure  of  thyn  astrolabye  as  by 
thyn  almurie. 

rphyn  ALMURIE  is  cleped  the  denticle  of  Capri- 
•*-  corn  or  elles  the  Calculere.  This  same  almurie 
is  set  fixe  in  the  hed  of  Capricorn,  and  it  serveth 
of  many  a  necessarie  conclusion  in  equation  of 
thynges,  as  shal  be  shewed. 


31 


Xafcet. 


Almurie  or 
Denticle  of 


tfie  Jptrsie  $artge. 


THE  SECONDS  PARTYE. 


Cecijetf)  tf)e  $rattfee  anti  tf)e  Concha 
stons  of 


I.  To  finde  the  degre  in  the  which   the  sonne  is  daie  by  daie 
aftyr  his  course  about. 


iCKON"  and  knowe  which  is  the  daie  of  the  moneth  and 
laie  thy  rewle  upon  the  same  daie,  and  then  will  the 
verrey  poynt*  of  thy  rewle  sitten  in  the  bordure  upon 
the  degre  of  the  sonne.  Ensample  as  thus  :  the  yere 
of  oure  Lord  a  thousand  thre  hundred  ninetie  and  one,  the 
xii  daie  of  March,  at  middaie,  I  would  knowe  the  degre  of  the 
sonne. 

I  sought  in  the  bakke  halfe  of  myne  astrolabie  and  founde  the 
cercle  of  the  daies  the  which  I  knewe  by  the  namys  of  the  moneths 
wrytten  undyr  the  same  cercle.  Tho  laied  I  my  rewle  over  the 
foresaied  daie  and  founde  the  point  of  my  rewle  in  the  bordure 
upon  the  first  degre  of  Aries,  a  littel  within  the  degre  :  and  thus 
knewe  I  this  conclusion.  An  other  daie  I  would  knowe  the  degre 
of  my  sonne,  and  this  was  at  middaie  in  the  xiii  daie  of  December, 
I  founde  the  daie  of  the  moneth  in  maner  as  I  saied :  tho  laied  I 
my  rewle  upon  the  foresaied  xiii  daie  and  founde  the  poinet  of  my 
rewle  upon  the  first  degre  of  Capricorne  a  littel  within  the  degre : 
and  then  hadde  I  of  this  conclusion  the  full  experience. 

*  Here  and  elsewhere,  by  the  point,  or  small  point,  of  the  Rule,  Chaucer 
evidently  means  its  fiducial  edge  :  and  the  same  remark  applies  to  the 
Label. 


THE   CONCLUSIONS.  33 

II.  To  knowe  the  altitude  of  the  sonne,  eyther  of  celestiale  bodies. 
Oette  the  ryng  of  thyne  astrolabie  upon  thy  ryghte   thombe  and 

tourne  thy  lyfte  syde  again  the  light  of  the  sonne  and  remeve  thy 
rewle  up  and  downe  till  the  streme  of  the  sonne  shyne  through 
bothe  holes  of  the  rewle  :  loke  then  how  many  degrees  this  rewle  is 
areised  fro  the  littel  crosse  upon  the  Est  lyne  and  take  there  the 
altitude  of  thy  sonne.  And  in  this  same  wise  maiest  thou  knowe 
by  nighte  the  altitude  of  the  mone  or  of  the  brighte  sterres. 

This  chapiter  is  so  general  ever  in  one  that  there  nedeth  no  more 
declaracion  ;  but  forget  it  not. 

III.  To  knowe  [by]  the  degre  of  the  sonne,  and  of  thy  zodiake 

the  daies  in  the  backsyde  of  thyne  Astrolabie.* 

rphen  if  thou  wilte  wete  the  reckenyng  to  knowe  whiche  is  the  daie, 
-*-  in  thy  kalender,  of  the  moneth  that  thou  art  in,  laie  [the  rule 
of]  thyne  astrolabye,  that  is  to  saien  the  alidatha,  upon  the  degre  of 
sonne  and  he  shall  shewthee  the  daie  of  the  monethe  in  thy  kalender. 

IV.  To  knowe  every  tyme  of  the  daie,  by  light  of  the  sonne,  and 
every  tyme  of  the  night  by  the  sterres  fixe ;  and  eke  to  knowe 
by  night  or  by  daie  the  degre  of  the  signe  that  ascendeth  on 
th*  est  orizonte  which  is  cleped  comenly  the  ascendent. 

ke  the  altitude  of  the  sonne  when  thou  liste,  as  I  have  said, 
and  sette  the  degre  of  the  sonne,  in  case  that  it  be  before  the  mid- 
del  of  the  daie,  among  thyn  almicanteras  on  the  est  syde  of  thyne 
astrolabie :  and  if  it  be  after  the  middel  of  the  daie  sette  the 
degre  of  the  sonne  upon  the  west  syde.  Take  this  maner  of  settyng 
for  a  generall  reule,  ones  for  ever. 

And  when  thou  haste  isette  the  degre  of  the  sonne  upon  as 
many  almicanteras  of  height,  as  was  the  sonne  taken  by  thy  reule, 


*  This  third  conclusion  was  evidently  meant  to  be  converse  to  the  first  con 
clusion.  The  object  of  the  first  was  to  find  the  place  of  the  sun  in  the  ecliptic 
for  any  given  day  and  month— so  the  object  of  this  should  be  to  find,  con 
versely,  the  month  and  day  for  any  given  place  of  the  sun.  This  intention  is 
plain  from  the  first  two  lines  which  remain  unchanged.  But  in  all  the  copies 
printed  and  MS.  that  I  have  examined,  this  sense  is  reversed  by  a  stupid  and 
incongruous  confusion  of  terms,  by  which  the  proposition  is  made  to  appear  a 
repetition  of  the  first  conclusion  instead  of  its  converse.  I  have  endeavoured 
to  restore  the  original  intention  by  altering  in  the  title  the  place  of  the  word  in 
brackets  and  by  retransposing  the  terms  at  the  end  as  indicated  by  italics. 
us  omits  this  conclusion  altogether.  D 


34  THE   CONCLUSIONS. 

laie  over  thy  label  upon  the  degre  of  the  sonne  and  then  woll  the 
point  of  the  label  sitten  in  the  bordure  upon  the  very  tide  of  the 
daie.  Ensample  as  thus  :  The  yere  of  oure  Lorde  a  thousand  thre 
hundred  ninetie  and  one,  the  twelveth  daie  of  March,  I  would  knowe 
the  tide  of  the  daie.  I  toke  the  altitude  of  my  sonne  and  founde  that 
it  was  xxv  degrees  and  xxx  minutes  of  height  of  the  bordure  in  the 
bakksyde  :  tho  tourned  I  myne  astrolabie,  and  bicause  it  was  before 
middaie  I  tourned  my  rete  and  sette  the  degre  of  the  sonne,  that  is 
to  saie  the  firste  degre  of  Aries,  in  the  righte  side  in  myne  astrolabie, 
upon  the  xxv  degre  and  xxx  minutys  of  height  emong  my  almi- 
canteras.  Tho  laied  I  my  label  upon  the  degre  of  my  sonne  and 
founde  the  point  of  my  label  in  the  bordure  on  the  capital  letter 
that  is  cleped  an  X  :  tho  reckened  I  all  the  capitale  letters  fro  the 
lyne  of  midnight  unto  the  foresaied  letter  X,  and  founde  it  was  nine 
of  the  clocke  of  the  daie.  Tho  loked  I  over  my  Est  orizont  and 
found  there  the  twentieth  degre  of  Geminus*  ascending,  which  that 
I  toke  for  myne  ascendente.  And  in  this  wise  hadde  I  the  experi 
ence  for  evermore  in  which  maner  I  should  knowe  the  tide  of  the 
daie,  and  eke  myne  ascendent. 

Tho  would  I  wete,  that  same  night  following,  the  hour  of  the 
night,  and  wrought  in  this  wise :  Among  an  hepe  of  sterres  fixe 
it  liked  me  to  take  the  altitude  of  the  faire  white  sterre  that  is 
cleped  ALHABOR,  and  founde  her  sytting  on  the  west  side  of  the 
lyne  of  middaie,  eightene  degrees  of  heyth  taken  by  my  reule  on 
the  bakksyde. 

Then  sette  I  the  centure  of  this  Alhabor  upon  eightene  degrees 
emong  my  almicanteras,  upon  the  west  side,  bicause  that  she  was 
found  upon  the  west  side.  Tho  laied  I  my  label  over  the  degre  of 
the  sonne,  that  was  discended  under  the  west  orizont,  and  rekened 
alle  the  letters  capitales  fro  the  lyne  of  middaye  unto  the  poynt 
of  my  label  in  the  bordure  and  founde  that  it  was  after  none, 
passed  seven  of  the  clokke  the  space  of  eleven  degrees.f  Then 

*  "Twelveth  degree  of  Geminus"  in  all  the  printed  copies  ;  but,  in  the  MSS., 
"  the  twentieth  degree  ;"  which  last  is  correct.  See  the  diagram  of  the  position 
of  the  astrolabe  in  this  observation,  in  Plate  V. 

+  "  Eleven  degrees"  ;  that  is,  forty-four  minutes  in  time.  Stevins,  in  his  MS., 
very  unwarrantably  altered  this  time  to— "past  eight  of  the  clocke  certaine 
minutes  "—his  reason  for  doing  so  being  obviously  to  reconcile  the  observation 
with  the  position  of  the  star  Sirius,  then  and  since  erroneously  assumed  to  be 
Chaucer's  star  Alhabor.  But  I  have  asserted  and  proved  that  Chaucer's  Alha 
bor,  in  this  conclusion,  was  no  other  than  the  star  Rijel  (ft  Orionis).  See  Plate 
VI.,  and  its  explanation,  supra  page  18. 


THE   CONCLUSIONS.  35 

loked  I  doune  uppon  my  est  orizont  and  founde  there  twenty* 
degrees  of  Libra  ascending  whom  I  toke  for  myn  ascendant :  and 
thus  lernede  I  ones  for  ever  to  knowe  in  which  maner  I  should  come 
to  the  hour  of  the  night  and  to  myne  ascendent  as  nerely  as  maie 
be  taken  by  so  smal  an  instrument. 

But  natheles  this  reule  in  general  wil  I  warne  thee  of  for  ever, — 
ne  make  thou  never  non  ascendent  at  none  of  the  daye :  [ne  canste 
thcru  nat]  take  a  juste  ascendent  of  thyne  astrolabie  and  have  sette 
justlie  a  clokk  when  any  celestial  body,  by  which  thou  wenest 
governe  thilke  thynges,  ben  neigh  the  southe  lyne  :  for  truste  wel 
when  the  sonne  is  nere  the  meridionale  lyne  the  degre  of  the  sonne 
renyth  so  long  concentrike  upon  thyne  almicanteras  that  sothly 
thou  shalte  erre  fro  the  juste  ascendent.  The  same  conclusion 
saie  I  by  my  centure  of  my  sterre  fixe  by  the  nighte  :  and  moreover 
by  experience  I  wote  wel  that  for  oure  orizont  fro  eleven  of  the 
clokke  unto  one,  in  taking  the  juste  ascendent  in  a  portatife 
astrolabye,  it  is  to  harde  to  knowe.  I  mene  fro  eleven  of  the 
clokke  before  none  til  one  of  the  clokke  next  following,  f 

[All  the  printed  editions,  of  which  there  were  no  less  than  eight,  from 
1532  to  1721,  insert  a  conclusion  in  this  place  which  is  a  plain  interpola 
tion,  or  rather  a  repetition  almost  word  for  word  of  a  preceding  conclusion 
(No.  III).  I  have  not  found  it  in  any  MS.,  and  its  re-appearance  in 
edition  after  edition  of  the  printed  copies  is  a  curious  exposure  of  the 
want  of  care  and  discrimination  with  which  these  editions  were  blindly 
copied  one  from  another,  notwithstanding  the  boast  in  some  of  them  of 
having  been  "  compared  with  many  valuable  MSS."] 

V.  Special  declaracion  of  the  Ascendent. 

rphe  ascendent,  sothelie,  as  well  in  all  nativities,  as  in  questions, 
•  and  as  in  eleccions  of  tymes,  is  a  thyng  which  that  these 
astrologiens  gretlie  observen.  Wherefore  me  semeth  convenient, 
sens  I  speke  of  the  ascendent,  to  make  of  it  a  special  declaracion. 
The  ascendent,  sothelie,  to  take  it  at  the  largest,  is  thilke  degre  that 
ascendeth  at  any  of  these  foresaied  tymes  on  the  Est  orizont :  and 
therefore  if  that  any  planet  ascende  at  thilk  same  time,  in  the  fore- 
said  same  degre  of  his  longitude,  men  saie  that  thilk  planet  is  in 
horoscopo.  But  sothelie  the  hous  %of  the  ascendent,  that  is  to  saie 


*  Eighteen  degrees  of  Libra  would  be  more  correct,  and  probably  what 
Chaucer  wrote. 

t  In  the  case  of  a  star  or  planet,  Chaucer  of  course  means  within  fifteen 
degrees  on  either  side  of  the  meridian. 


36  THE  CONCLUSIONS. 

the  firste  hous,  or  the  Est  angle,  is  a  thyng  more  brode  and  large  : 
for,  after  the  statutes  of  the  Astrologyens,  what  celestial  body  that 
is  v  degrees  above  thilk  degre  that  ascendeth  on  the  orizont,  or 
within  that  nombre,  that  is  to  saien,  nere  the  degre  that  ascendeth, 
yet  reckyn  thei  thilk  planet  in  the  ascendent :  and  what  planet 
that  is  undyr  thilk  degre  that  ascendeth  the  space  of  xxv  degrees 
yet  saien  thei  that  planet  is  like  to  hym  that  is  the  hour  [lord  ?] 
of  the  ascendent.* 

But  sothelie  if  he  passe  the  boundes  of  the  foresaide  spaces 
above  or  beneth,  thei  saien  that  thilke  pianette  is  fallyng  fro  the 
ascendent :  yet  saien  these  Astrologiens  that  the  ascendent,  and 
eke  the  lord  of  the  ascendent,  maie  be  schapen  for  to  be  fortunate 
or  infortunate,  as  thus  :  a  fortunate  ascendent  clepen  thei  when 
that  no  wicked  planet  of  Saturne  or  Mars,  or  els  the  Taile  of  the 
Dragon  is  in  the  hous  of  the  ascendent,  ne  that  no  wicked  planet 
have  no  aspecte  of  enmitie  uppon  the  ascendent.  But  thei  will 
caste  that  thei  have  fortunate  planet  in  ther  ascendent,  and  yet  in 
his  felicitie,  and  then  saie  thei  that  it  is  wel.  Furthermore  thei 
saine  that  fortune  of  an  ascendent  is  the  contrarie  of  these  foresaide 
thinges.  The  lord  of  the  ascendent  saine  thei  that  he  is  fortunate 
when  he  is  in  gode  place  for  the  ascendent;  and  eke  the  lord  of  the 
ascendent  is  in  an  angle,  or  or  in  a  succedent,  where  he  is  in  his 
dignitie  and  comforted  with  frendly  aspectes  receved ;  and  eke  that 
he  maie  seen  the  ascendent  not  retrograde  ne  combost,  ne  joined 
with  no  shrew  in  the  same  signe,  ne  that  he  be  not  in  his  discen- 
cion,  ne  reigned  with  no  planet  in  his  discencions,  ne  have  uppon 
hym  none  aspect  infortunate ;  and  then  thei  saien  that  he  is  wel. 

Nathelesse  these  ben  observaunces  of  judicial  matter  and  rites 
of  Painims,  in  whiche  my  spirit  hath  no  faith,  ne  knowyng  of  ther 
horoscopum :  for  thei  saien  that  every  signe  is  departed  in  thre 
evene  partes  by  x  degrees,  and  the  ilke  porcion  thei  clepen  a  Face  : 
and  although  a  planet  have  a  latitude  fro  the  Ecliptike  yet  saien 


*  Here  Chaucer  digresses  into  technical  astrology  :  but  since  he  expressly 
disclaims  any  knowledge  of  it,  it  is  not  necessary  to  discuss  his  meaning.  The 
number  of  the  degrees,  however,  of  the  ascendant  above  and  beneath  the 
horizon,  being  obviously  taken  from  the  Tetrabiblos  of  Ptolemy,  the  following 
numbers  in  the  Latin  translation  will  serve  to  justify  the  numbers  in  the  text. 

"  Quinque  gradibus  qui  super  horizontem  ante  ipsum  ascenderunt  usque  ad 
viginti  quinque  qui  ad  ascendendum  remanserint."  Lib.  iii.  De  Loco  Prorogatore. 

All  the  printed  copies  and  MSS.  have  xv  instead  of  xxv  for  the  last  number  : 
Stevins  has  15  in  both  places. 


THE    CONCLUSIONS.  37 

some  folk  so  that  the  planet  arise  in  that  same  signe  with  any 
degre  of  the  foresaied  face  in  which  his  longitude  is  reckened,  yet 
is  that  planet  in  horoscopo,  be  it  in  nativities  or  in  eleccion. 

VI.  To  knowe  the  verie  equacion  of  the  degrees  of  the  sonne,  if  it 
so  be  that  it  falle  betwixt  two  almicanteras. 

T^or  as  moche  as  the  almicanteras  of  thyn  astrolabie  ben  com- 
-^  pouned  by  two  and  two,  whereas  some  almicanteras  in  sondrie 
astrolabies  ben  compouned  by  one,  or  elles  by  two,  it  is  necessarie 
to  thy  lernyng  to  teche  thee  first  to  knowe  and  werke  with  thyn 
own  instrument.  Wherefore  when  that  the  degre  of  the  sonne 
falleth  betwene  two  almicanteras,  or  elles  if  thyne  almicanteras 
ben  graven  with  overgrete  a  poynt  of  a  compace  (for  bothe  these 
thinges  maie  cause  errour  as  wel  in  knowing  the  tide  of  the  daye 
as  of  the  verray  ascendent)  thou  must  werken  in  this  wyse  :  sette 
the  degre  of  the  sonne  uppon  the  heigher  almicantera  of  bothe  and 
waite  wel  where  the  almurie  toucheth  the  bordure  and  sette  ther  a 
prick  of  ynke ;  sette  adoun  agayn  the  degre  of  the  sonne  uppon 
the  nethyr  almicantera  of  bothe  and  sette  there  another  pryck : 
remeve  than  thy  almurie  in  the  bordure  even  amiddes  bothe 
pryckes  and  this  wol  leden  justlie  the  degre  of  the  sonne  to  sitte 
betwene  bothe  the  almicanteras  in  his  ryghte  place. 

Laye  thanne  thy  label  on  the  degre  of  the  sonne  and  finde  in 
the  bordure  the  verraj  tyde  of  the  daye  or  of  the  nyghte.  And 
also  verraily  shalt  thou  finde  upon  thyn  este  orizont  thyn  ascen 
dent. 

VII.  To  knowe  the  spring  of  the  dawning  and  the  ende  of  the 

evenyng ;  the  whiche  ben  cleped  the  two  crepusculis. 
Oette  the  nadyr  of  thy  sonne  upon  eyghtene  degrees  of  height 
amonge  thyn  almicanteras  on  the  west  side,  and  laye  thy 
labell  on  the  degre  of  the  sonne  ;  and  then  shall  the  point  of  thy 
labell  shewe  the  spring  of  the  daie :  also  sette  the  nadyr  of  the 
sonne  upon  the  eyghtene  degrees  of  heyght  among  thine  almican 
teras  on  the  est  side,  and  laye  over  thy  labell  upon  the  degre  of 
the  sonne,  and  with  the  point  of  thy  label  finde  in  the  bordure 
the  ende  of  thy  evenyng,  that  is,  verie  night.  The  nadyr  of  the 
sonne  is  thilke  degre  that  is  opposyte  to  the  degre  of  the  sonne  in 
the  Vllth  signe*,  as  thus:  everye  degre  of  Aries  by  order  is  nadyr 

*  For  the  extraordinary  errors  of  the  printed  editions  in  this  place,  see  the 
Introduction,  page  7. 


38  THE   CONCLUSIONS. 

to  everye  degre  of  Libra  by  order ;  and  Taurus  to  Scorpion ;  Ge 
mini  to  Sagittarius ;  Cancer  to  Capricorn ;  Leo  to  Aquary ;  Virgo 
to  Pisces.  And  if  any  degre  in  thy  Zodiake  be  dark,  hys  nadyr 
shall  declare  hym. 

VIII.  To  knowe  the  arche  of  the  daye  that  some  folk  callen  the 
daye  artificially  fro  the  sonne  arysing  tyl  it  goo  downe. 

Sette  the  degre  of  the  sonne  upon  thyn  est  orizonte  and  laie  thy 
label  on  the  degree  of  the  sonne  and  at  the  point  of  thy  label  in 
the  bordure  sette  a  pryck :  turne  than  thy  rete  about  tyl  the  degre 
of  the  sonne  sytte  upon  the  west  orizonte  and  laie  thy  label  upon 
the  same  degre  of  the  sonne,  and  at  the  poinct  of  thy  label  sette 
another  pryck.  Eeken  than  the  quantyte  of  tyme  in  the  bordure 
betwixe  bothe  pryckes  and  take  there  thyn  arche  of  the  daie.  The 
remnaunt  of  the  bordure  undyr  the  orizonte  is  the  arche  of  the 
nyghte.  Thus  maiest  thou  reken  bothe  arches  of  everye  porcion 
where  that  thou  likest:  and  by  this  maner  of  werkyng  maiest 
thou  se  how  longe  that  any  starre  fyxe  dwelleth  above  the  erthe 
fro  the  tyme  that  he  riseth  tyl  he  goo  to  reste.  But  the  daie  na- 
turelle,  that  is  to  saien  24  houres,  is  the  revolucion  of  the  equinoc 
tial  with  as  moche  partye  of  the  zodiake  as  the  sonne  of  hys  pro 
per  mevynge  passeth  in  the  menewhile. 

IX.  To  turn  the  houres  inequalles  into  houres  equalles. 

nowe  the  nombre  of  the  degrees  in  the  houres  inequalles  and 
departe  hem  by  fiftene  and  take  there  thyne  houres  equalles.* 

X.  To  knowe  the  quantyte  of  the  daye  vulgare,  that  is  to  say,  fro 

the  spryng  of  the  daye  unto  the  very  nyght. 
nowe  the- quantyte  of  thyne  crepusculis  as  I  have  it  taught  thee 
in  the  chapiter  before,  and  adde  hem  to  the  arche  of  the  daye 


K1 


K1 


*  This  conclusion  is  very  suspicious,  and  is  probably  an  interpolation.  If 
Chaucer  himself  had  written  it,  he  would  not  afterwards  condemn  it  as 
superfluous :  "  The  quantytes  of  houres  equalles  ben  departed  alredy  in  the 
bordure  of  thyn  astrolabye  —  what  nedeth  any  more  declaration." — See 
Xllth  Conclusion.  It  is,  moreover,  out  of  place,  since  the  reader  knows 
nothing,  as  yet,  of  houres  inequalles.  Stevins  shows  that  he  saw  this  last  objec 
tion  by  his  having  removed  this  conclusion,  and  placed  it  after  those  in  which 
houres  inequalles  are  explained.  Another  suspicious  feature  in  this  conclusion 
is  its  awkward  intrusion  in  this  place  between  the  VHIth  and  Xth,  which 
ought  to  be  consecutive,  as  required  by  Chaucer's  words  in  the  Xth  : — "  as  I 
have  taught  thee  in  the  chapiter  before,"  meaning  the  Vllth,  which  should  be 
changed  so  as  to  immediately  precede  the  Xth. 


THE   CONCLUSIONS.  39 

artificiall,  and  take  there  the  space  of  al  the  whole  day  vulgare  un 
to  the  very  nyght.  In  the  same  maner  mayst  thou  werke  to 
knowe  the  vulgare  nyght  [by  abating  the  same  crepusculis  from 
the  arche  of  the  nyghte].* 

XI.  To  knowe  the  houres  inequalles  by  daye. 

TTnderstonde  wel  that  these  houres  inequales  ben  cleped  houres  of 
^  the  pianettes  :  and  understoude  wel  that  sometyme  ben  they 
longer  by  daye  than  they  be  by  nyght,  and  sometyme  the  contrarye. 
But  understande  thou  wel  that  evermore  generally  the  hour  ine 
quale  of  the  daye  with  the  hour  inequale  of  the  nyght  conteineth 
30  degrees  of  the  bordure  ;  the  which  bordure  is  evermore  answer- 
inge  to  the  degrees  of  the  equinoctial!  Wherefore  departe  the 
arche  of  the  daye  artificiall  in  12  and  take  there  the  quantyte  of 
the  houre  inequale  by  daye  ;  and  if  thou  abate  the  quantyte  of  the 
houre  inequale  out  of  30f  degrees  then  shall  the  remenaunt  per- 
forme  the  houre  inequale  of  the  nyght. 

XII.  To  knowe  the  quantyte  of  houres  equalles. 

quantytes  of  houres  equalles,  that  is  to  saien  the  houres  of 


the  clokke,  ben  departed  by  fyftene  degrees  alredy  in  the  bor 
dure  of  thyn  astrolabye  as  wel  by  nighte  as  by  daye  generally  for 
evermore.  —  what  needeth  any  more  declaracion.  Wherefore  whan 
thou  liste  to  knowe  how  many  houres  of  the  clokke  ben  passed,  or 
[how  many]J  of  these  houres  ben  to  comen  fro  soche  a  tyme  to 
soche  a  tyme  by  daye  or  by  nighte,  knowe  the  degre  of  thy  sonne 
and  laye  thy  label  on  it  [and  bring  it  to  the  este  orizont  and  take 
there  the  tyme  of  the  sonne  arysing  by  thy  label  in  the  bordure],  || 

*  Stevins  saw  the  want  which  I  have  here  supplied  in  brackets  ;  but  he 
remedied  it  by  the  addition  of  an  entirely  new  conclusion  as  follows.  "To  know 
the  quantity  of  the  vulgar  night.  Take  away  both  crepuscles  from  the  arche 
of  the  night,  and  the  vulgar  night  onlye  remayneth."  Now  this  interpolation 
of  Stevins  shows  the  probability  of  the  IXth  being  also  the  work  of  some  pre 
vious  interpolator. 

t  360  degrees  in  the  printed  copies.  So  also  Stevins,  only  that  he  puts 
"  houres  "  in  the  plural,  which  apparently  lessens  the  error. 

£  Substituted  for  "  any  parte  of  any  "  of  the  printed  copies. 

||  I  have  inserted  this  clause  (in  brackets)  as  necessary  not  only  to  the  sense, 
but  because  there  is  no  other  conclusion  that  teaches  the  time  of  sun-rise  :  an 
omission  the  more  remarkable  because  the  point  of  the  sun's  arising  is  referred 
to  in  the  very  next  sentence,  and  again  in  the  following  conclusions. 


40  THE     CONCLUSIONS. 

thanne  turne  thy  rete  aboute  joyntlie  with  thy  label  and  with  the 
point  of  it  recken  in  the  bordure  fro  the  sonne  arysyng  unto  the 
same  place  there  thou  desirest  by  daye  as  by  nyghte.  This  conclu 
sion  woll  I  declare  in  the  fowerthe  partye  of  the  laste  chapiter  of 
this  tretyse  so  openly  that  there,  shal  lacke  no  word  that  nedeth 
declaracion. 
XIII.  Speciall  declaracion  of  the  houres  of  the  pianettes. 

Understonde  wel  that  evermore  fro  the  arysying  of  the  sonne  tyl  it 
go  to  rest,  the  nadyr  of  the  sonne  shall  shewe  the  houre  of  the 
planet;  and  fro  that  tyme  forward  al  the  nyght  tyl  the  sonne 
aryse ;  then  shall  the  very  degre  of  the  sonne  shewe  the  howre  of 
the  planet,  Ensample  as  thus :  the  13  daye  of  March  fel  upon  a 
Satyrday  peraventure,  and  at  the  arysyng  of  the  sonne  I  founde 
the  seconde  degre  of  Aries  syttynge  upon  myn  Est  orizonte  al  be 
it  was  but  lytel.  Then  founde  I  the  seconde  degre  of  Libra  na- 
dyre  of  my  sonne,  discendynge  on  my  West  orizonte,  upon  which 
West  orizont  every  daye  generally  at  the  sonne  arysyng  entreth 
the  hour  of  any  planet  undyr  the  foresaied  West  orizonte,  after  the 
which e  planete  the  daye  bereth  his  name,  and  endeth  in  the  nexte 
strike  of  the  planete  undyr  the  foresaied  Weste  orizonte :  and  ever 
as  the  sonne  clyinbeth  upper  and  upper,  so  goth  hys  nadyre  downer 
and  downer,  and  echinge*  fro  such  strikes  the  houres  of  the  pia 
nettes  by  order,  as  they  sytten  in  heven.  The  fyrst  hour  inequale 
of  every  satyrday  is  to  Saturne,  and  the  second  to  Jupiter,  the 
thyrd  to  Mars,  the  fourth  to  the  Sonne,  the  fyfth  to  Venus,  the 
syxt  to  Mercurius,  the  seventh  to  the  Mone,  and  then  ayen  the 
eyghth  to  Saturne,  the  nyneth  to  Jupiter,  the  tenth  to  Mars,  the 
eleventh  to  the  Sonne,  the  twelfth  to  Venus.  And  nowe  is  my 
sonne  gon  to  reste  as  for  that  satyrdaye ;  Than  sheweth  the  very 
degre  of  the  sonne  the  hour  of  Mercury  entryng  under  my  west 
orizont  at  even :  And  nexte  hym  succedeth  the  Mone,  and  so  forth 
by  order,  planete  after  planete,  in  hour  after  hour  al  the  riyght 
longe  tyl  the  sonne  aryse.  Nowe  riseth  the  sonne  the  Sunday  by 
the  morowe,  and  the  nadyr  of  the  sonne  upon  the  west  orizont  shew 
eth  me  the  entryng  of  the  hour  of  the  foresaied  sonne.  And  in  this 
inaner  succedeth  planete  undyr  planete  fro  Saturn  unto  the  Mone, 

*  Stevins,  not  understanding  this  word  echinge,  changed  it  in  his  MS.  to 
teachinge :  but  it  has  every  appearance  of  being  a  genuine  word,  and  the  verb 
"  to  eche  "  is  found  in  such  a  comparatively  modern  authority  as  Bailey's  Dic 
tionary  Here  it  seems  to  mean  adding  one  by  one,  or  dealing  out. 


41 

and  fro  the  Mone  up  ageyn  to  Saturn,  hour  aftyr  hour  generally, 
and  thus  knew  I  this  conclusion. 

XIV.  To  knowe  with  which  degre  of  the  Zodiake  any  sterre  fyxe, 
in  thyn  astrolabye,  aryseth  upon  the  Est  orizonte,  although 
the  orizonte  be  in  anothyr  sygne. 

ette  the  centure  of  the  sterre  upon  the  Est  orizonte  and  loke  what 
degre  of  any  signe  that  sytteth  upon  the  same  orizonte  at  the 
same  tyme :  and  understonde  wel  that  with  the  same  degre  ariseth 
the  same  sterre. 

And  this  mervaylous  arysing  with  a  straunge  degre  in  another 
sygne  is  bycause  the  latitude  of  the  sterre  fyxe  is  eyther  north  or 
south  fro  the  Ecliptike.*  For  sothely  the  latitudes  of  planetes  ben 
comenly  rekenyd  fro  the  ecliptike  bycause  that  none  of  hem  de- 
clineth  but  fewe  degrees  fro  the  brede  of  the  Zodiake.  And  take 
gode  kepe  of  thys  chapiter  of  arysing  of  celestiall  bodyes,  for 
trusteth  wel  that  neyther  Mone,  neyther  sterre,  in  cure  embolyfe 
orizonte  that  aryseth  with  the  same  degre  of  his  longitude  save  in 
one  case,  and  that  is  when  thei  have  no  latitude  fro  the  eclyptike 
lyne.  But  nevertheles  somtyme  is  everiche  of  these  planetes  uiidyr 
the  same  lyne. 

XV.  To  knowe  the  declinacyon  of  any  degre  in  the  Zodiake  fro 

the  equinoccial  cercle. 

Oette  the  degre  of  any  signe  upon  the  lyne  meridional  and  reken 
his  altytude  in  the  almicanteras  fro  the  Est  orizonte  up  to  the 
same  degre  sette  in  the  forsaied  lyne,  and  sette  there  a  prycke :  turne 
up  thy  rete  and  sette  the  hed  of  Aries  or  Libra  in  that  same 
merydyonal  lyne  and  sette  there  another  prycke  ;  and  when 
this  is  done  consyder  the  altitudes  of  hem  bothe  :  for  sothely 
the  difference  of  thilke  altytude  is  the  declynacyon  of  thilke  degre 
fro  the  equinoctial.  And  if  it  so  be  that  thilke  degree  be  northward 
fro  the  equinoctiall  than  is  hys  declynacyon  north,  and  if  it  be  south 
ward  than  it  is  south. 

XVI.  To  knowe  for  what  latytude  in  any  region  the  almicanteras 

in  thy  tables  ben  compowned. 

*  In  all  MSS.  and  printed  copies  that  I  have  examined  this  word  is  "  Equi 
noctial,"  and  the  next  word  "  But."  These  I  have  altered  into  Ecliptike  and.  For, 
respectively  :  not  so  much  because  ol  the  expression  "  latitude,"  which  Chau 
cer  often  uses  in  the  sense  of  declination  ;  but  because  the  problem  necessarily 
requires  the  star's  divergence  from  the  ecliptic,  while  with  the  equinoctial  it 
iiii^ht  coincide,  and  still  be  within  the  conditions  of  the  problem. 


42  THE    CONCLUSIONS. 

Reken  how  many  degrees  of  almicanteras,  in  the  meridionall 
line,  he  from  the  circle  equinoctiale  unto  the  signet  ;*  or  els 
from  the  pole  artike  unto  the  north  orizont :  and  for  so  grete  a 
a  latitude,  or  so  smale  a  latitude^is  the  table  compouned. 

XVII.  To  knowe  the  altytude  of  the  sonne]in  the  myddes  of  the 

daye,  that  is  cleped  the  altytude  meridian. 

Oette  the  degre  of  thy  sonne  upon  the  lyne  meridionale  and  reken 
^  how  many  degrees  of  almicanteras  ben  betwixe  thyn  Est  ori- 
zonte  and  the  degre  of  thy  sonne  and  take  there  thin  altitude 
meridian ;  that  is  to  sain,  the  highest  degre  of  the  sonne  as  for 
that  daye.  So  mayest  thou  knowe  in  the  same  lyne  the  highest 
degref'  that  any  sterre  fyxe  clymbeth  by  nyght :  this  is  to  saine  that 
when  any  sterre  fyxe  is  passed  the  lyne  meridionall,  than  begyn- 
neth  it  to  discende ;  and  so  doth  the  sonne. 

XVIII.  To  knowe  the  degre  of  the  sonne  by  the  rete  for  a  maner 

curyosyte. 

Oeke  busely  with  thy  rule  the  highest  of  the  sonne  in  myddes  of 
'  the  daye ;  tourne  than  thyn  astrolabie,  and  with  a  prycke  of 
ynk  marke  the  nombre  of  the  same  altitude  in  the  lyne  meridio 
nale.  Tourne  than  thy  rete  about  tyl  thou  finde  a  degre  of  thy 
zodiake  accordyng  with  the  prycke ;  that  is  to  sain,  syttyng  on  the 
prycke — and  in  sothe  thou  shalt  finde  but  two  degrees  in  al  the 
zodiake  of  that  condycyon,  and  yet  thilke  two  degrees  ben  in  divers 
sygnes.  Than  mayst  thou  lightly  by  the  seson  of  the  yere  knowe 
the  signe  in  whiche  is  the  sonne. 

XIX.  To  knowe  which  day  is  like  to  other  in  lengthe  throughout 

the  yere. 

T  oke  whiche  degrees  ben  lyke  [far]  from  the  hedes  of  Cancer  and 
Capricorn  ;  and  loke  when  the  sonne  is  in  any  of  thilke  de 
grees  ;  than  ben  the  dayes  lyke  of  length  ;  that  is  to  sain— that  as 
long  is  that  day  in  that  moneth  as  was  soche  a  daye  in  soche  a 
moneth,  there  varieth  but  lyttel.  Also  if  thou  take  two  dayes  natu- 
relles  in  the  yere  ylike  farre  from  eyther  point  of  the  equinoctial 
in  the  opposite  partyes  ;  than  as  long  is  the  day  artificial  on  that 
one  day,  as  on  that  other  ;  and  eke  the  contrarie. 

*  Signet,  i.e.,  Zenith ;  pronounced  with  the  French  silent  g,  and  sometimes 
written  synet  or  sinet  by  Chaucer  (See  page  45). 
t  In  all  the  copies  this  word  is  "  lyne."    It  ought  manifestly  to  be  "  degre," 


THE  CONCLUSIONS.  *  3 

XX.  This   chapter  is   a    maner  declaracion  to   conclusions  that 

followeth. 

TTnderstande  wel  that  thy  zodiake  is  departed  in  two*  halfe 
^  circles,  from  the  hed  of  Capricorn  unto  the  hed  of  Cancer,  and 
ayenwarde  from  the  hed  of  Cancer  unto  the  hed  of  Capricorn.  The 
hed  of  Capricorn  is  the  lowest  poinct  where  as  the  sonne  goth 
in  winter,  and  the  hed  of  Cancer  is  the  highest  poinct  in  which  the 
sonne  goth  in  sommer.  And  therefore  understande  wel  that  any 
two  degrees  that  ben  ylike  far  from  any  of  these  two  hedes  truste 
wel  that  thilke  two  degrees  ben  of  lyke  declinacion,  be  it  southward 
or  northward,  and  the  dayes  of  hem  ben  lyke  of  length,  and  the 
nyghtes  also  ;  and  shadowes  ylyke,  and  the  altitudes  ylyke  at  myd- 
day  for  ever. 

XXI.  To  knowe  the  verrey  degre  of  any  maner  sterre  strange, 
after  his  altitude.-)-  Though  he  be  indeterminate  in  thyn  astro- 
labye  sothely  to  the  trouth  thus  he  shal  be  knowe. 

rpake  the  altitude  of  thy  sterre  when  he  is  on  the  Est  syde  of  the 
•*•  lyne  meridional  as  nygh  as  thou  mayest  gesse,  and  take  that 
ascendant  anone  right  by  some  maner  sterre  fyxe  which  thou  know- 

*  Sic  in  MSS.     The  printed  copies  have  "  into  halfe  circles." 

t  This  word  is  latitude  in  all  the  copies — an  obvious  error,  since  the  chief 
object  of  the  problem  is  longitude.  But  as  the  transposition  of  the  first  two 
letters  is  the  commonest  of  all  errors,  and  as  altitude  makes  very  good  sense  as 
one  of  the  principal  elements  of  the  problem,  I  have  substituted  it  as  the  most 
probable  original.  This  is  one  of  the  Conclusions  that  Stevins  "  cleane  put  out 
for  utterly  false  and  untrew,"  possibly  because  he  could  not  understand  it,  or 
because  it  was  one  of  those  denounced  by  Stoeffler.  It  is  true  that  it  is 
not  strictly  correct  in  theory — because  a  mean  of  two  ascendants  is  not  neces 
sarily  the  ascendant  of  the  mean  of  their  relative  culminating  points.  But 
the  method  is  sufficiently  correct  for  practical  purposes  with  an  instrument  so 
imperfect  in  itself  as  the  Astrolabe :  provided  that  the  interval  between  the 
equal  altitudes  be  short,  a  condition  which  Chaucer  seems  to  have  had  in  view 
when  he  directs  the  first  altitude  to  be  taken  on  the  east  side  of  the  meridian 
"  as  nygh  as  thou  may'st  gesse."  If  the  interval  were  not  more  than  an  hour 
the  greatest  error  in  the  result  could  not  exceed  a  degree  of  longitude — much 
less  than  might  arise  from  the  other  sources  of  error  to  which  such  an  observation 
would  be  exposed.  It  must  be  observed  that  the  longitude  of  which  Chaucer 
speaks  was  not,  as  at  present,  referred  to  the  Pole  of  the  ecliptic ;  but  was  that 
degree  of  the  ecliptic  that  came  to  the  meridian  with  the  star.  This  was 
" Longitudo  secundum  cceli  mediationem"  and  was  still  in  use'  long  after  Chau 
cer's  time.  Also  it  must  be  observed  that  Chaucer  makes  no  distinction  be 
tween  latitude  and  declination  but  treats  both  these  terms  as  synonymous. 


44 


THE    CONCLUSIONS. 


est  •  and  forget  not  the  altitude  of  the  firste  sterre  ne  thyn  ascen- 
dente.  And  when  that  thys  is  done  aspye  dilygently  when  this 
first  sterre  passeth  anythyng  to  the  south  westward  and  cacche 
him  anone  ryght  in  the  same  nombre  of  the  altitude  on  the  west 
syde  of  thys  lyne  meridional  as  he  was  caught  on  the  est  syde,  and 
take  newe  ascendente  anone  right  by  some  maner  sterre  fyxe  the 
which  that  thou  knowest,  and  forgete  not  this  second  ascendant. 
And  when  this  is  done,  reken  thou  howe  many  degrees  ben  bitwixe 
the  first  ascendent  and  the  second  ascendent,  and  reken  wel  the 
myddel  degre  betwix  bothe  ascendentes ;  and  sette  thilke  mycldel 
degre  upon  thyn  Est  orizonte  :  and  then  loke  what  degre  sitte  upon 
the  lyne  meridional  and  take  there  the  very  degre  of  the  eclip- 
tike  in  whiche  the  sterre  standeth  for  the  tyme.  For  in  the 
ecliptike  is  the  longitude  of  a  celestiale  body,  rekoned  even  fro 
the  hed  of  Aries  unto  the  ende  of  Pisces ;  and  his  latitude  is 
rekened  after  the  quantyte  of  his  declinacion  north  or  south 
toward  the  poles  of  this  worlde.  As  thus :  if  it  be  of  the  sonne, 
or  any  fyxe  sterre,  reken  his  latitude  or  his  declynacion  fro  the 
equinoctial  circle;  and  if  it  be  of  a  planete  reken  than  the 
quantite  of  his  latitude  from  the  ecliptike  lyne.  Albeit  so  that 
from  the  equinoctial  maye  the  declinacion  or  the  latitude  of  any 
body  celestiale  be  rekened  after  the  sight,*  north  or  south,  and 
after  the  quantite  of  his  declinacion ;  and  yet  so  maye  the  lati 
tude  or  declynacion  of  any  body  celestiall,  save  only  of  the  sonne, 
after  his  sight,  and  after  the  quantite  of  his  declinacion,  be 
rekened  from  the  ecliptike  lyne,  fro  which  lyne  all  planetes  some- 
tyme  decline  north  or  south  save  only  the  forsaied  sonne. 

XXII.  To  knowe  the  degrees  of  longitude  of  fyxe  sterres  after  that 
thei  be  determinate  in  thin  astrolabye  if  it  so  be  that  they 
ben  trewly  sette. 


*  It  is  difficult  to  interpret  "  after  the  sight."  It  is  just  possible  it  may 
mean  according  to  visual  observation  :  or  it  may  be  that  sight  is  a  copy-error 
for  height  =  culmen  =  meridian  altitude.  The  passage  in  which  it  occurs,  unless 
some  part  of  it  has  been  lost,  merely  declares  that  latitude  or  declination  may 
be  reckoned  from  either  the  equinoctial  or  the  ecliptic ;  except  in  the  case  of  the 
sun,  when  it  must  be  from  the  equinoctial  only.  Then,  reading  "  declinacion  " 
in  that  place  as  simply  deviation,  the  sense  might  be  : — The  latitude  of  any 
celestial  body  may  be  reckoned  from  the  equinoctial,  north  or  south,  after  its 
height,  and  after  the  quantity  of  its  deviation,  &c. 


THE    CONCLUSIONS.  45 

Oette  the  centre  of  thy  sterre  upon  the  lyne  merydional  and  take 
^  kepe  of  thy  Zodiake  and  loke  what  degre  of  any  signe  sytte 
upon  the  same  lyne  meridional  at  the  same  tyme,  and  take  there 
the  degre  in  which  the  sterre  standeth.  And  with  the  same 
degre  cometh  the  same  sterre  into  the  same  lyne  fro  the  orizonte.* 

XXIII.  To  knowe  in  special  the  altitude  of  our  centre,  I  mene 
after  the  latitude  of  Oxenforde  and  the  hight  of  our  Pole. 

TTnderstande  wel  that  as  farre  is  the  hed  of  Aries  or  Libra  in  the 
^  equinoctial  from  our  orizonte  as  is  the  synet  from  the  pole 
artike  ;  and  as  hie  is  the  pole  artike  from  the  orizonte  as  the 
equinoctial  is  ferre  fro  the  synet.  I  preve  it  thus  by  the  latitude 
of  Oxenforde  :  understande  wel  that  the  height  of  our  pole  artike 
from  our  north  orizonte  is  51  degrees  and  50  minutes ;  than  is  the 
synet  from  the  pole  artike  38  degrees  and  10  minutes :  than  is  the 
equinoctial  from  our  sinet  51  degrees  and  50  minutes:  than  is  our 
south  orizonte  from  our  equinoctial  38  degrees  and  10  minutes. 

Understande  wel  this  rekening,  also  forget  not  that  the  sinet  is 
90  degrees  of  height  from  the  orizont,  and  our  equinoctial  is  90 
degrees  from  our  pole  artike.  Also  this  shorte  rule  is  sothe,  that 
the  latitude  of  any  place*)-  in  a  region  is  the  distaunce  from  the 
sinet  unto  the  equinoctial. 

XXIV.  To  prove  evidentlye  the  latytude  of  any  place  in  a  region 
by  the  preffe  of  the  hyght  of  the  pole  artike  in  that  same 
place. 

Tn  some  wynters  nyght,  when  the  firmament  is  clere  and  thick 
sterred,  wayte  a  time  tyl  that  any  ster  fixe  sitte  line  right 
perpendiculer  over  the  pole  artike  and  clepe  that  ster  A ;  and 
wayte  another  ster  that  sytte  line  right  under  A  and  under  the 
pole  and  clepe  that  ster  F :  and  understande  wel  that  F  is  not 
considred  but  onely  to  declare  that  A  sytteth  over  the  pole.  Take 
than  anone  right  the  altitude  of  A  from  the  orizonte  and  forget  it 

*  Stevins,  according  to  his  Preface,  intended  to  reject  this  conclusion  also 
(supra,  pp.  23,  24; ;  nevertheless  it  is  certainly  included  in  his  MS.  With  the 
longitude  used  by  Chaucer,  as  explained  in  a  preceding  note,  there  is  nothing 
in  this  conclusion  to  be  objected  to.  The  last  clause  is  a  necessary  consequence 
of  that  kind  of  longitude  ;  since  both  star  and  degree  lie  upon  the  same  circle 
of  declination,  which,  in  the  astrolabe,  is  projected  in  a  straight  line  from  the 
horizon  to  the  pole. 

t  Sic  in  Stevins.     All  other  copies  have  "planet" 


46  THE   CONCLUSIONS. 

not.  Let  A  and  F  go  farewel  tyl  agaynst  the  dawning  a  gret  while ; 
and  come  then  agayne  and  abyde  tyll  that  A  is  even  under  the  pole 
and  under  F ;  for  sothely  then  wol  F  sytte  over  the  pole.  Take 
than  eftsones  the  altitude  of  A  from  the  orizonte  and  note  as  wel 
the  second  altitude  as  the  first  altitude.  And  when  that  thys  is 
done  reken  how  manye  degrees  that  the  first  altitude  of  A.  exceeded 
his  second  altitude  and  take  halfe  the  like  porcion  that  is  exceeded 
and  adde  it  to  his  second  altitude  and  take  there  the  elevacion  of 
the  pole  and  eke  the  latitude  of  thy  region.  For  these  two  ben  of 
one  nombre,  that  is  to  sain,  as  many  degrees  as  thy  pole  is  elevat 
so  moche  is  the  latitude  of  thy  region.  Ensample  as  thus: 
Peraventure  the  altitude  of  A  in  the  evening  is  82  degrees  of 
height,  than  will  the  second  altitude  in  the  dawning  be  21 ;  that  is 
to  saine,  lesse  by  61  than  was  his  first  altitude  at  even.  Take  than 
the  halfe  of  61  and  adde  to  it  21  that  was  his  second  altytude,  and 
than  hast  thou  the  height  of  the  pole  and  the  latitude  of  thy 
region.*  But  understonde  wel,  to  preve  this  conclusion,  and  many 
another  fair  conclusion,  thou  mayst  have  a  plomet  hanging  on  a 
lyne  higher  than  thy  hed,  on  a  perche,  and  that  lyne  mote  hange 
even  perpendiculer  betwixe  the  pole  and  thyne  eye:  and  than 
shalte  thou  se  yf  A  sytte  even  over  the  pole  and  over  F  at  even, 
and  also  if  F  sytte  even  over  the  pole  and  over  A  at  daye. 

XXV.  Another  conclusion  to  preve  the  hyght  of  the  pole  artike 
from  the  orizont. 


*  The  two  stars  a  and  /?,  Ursso  Majoris,  still  called  the  pointers,  were,  in 
Chaucer's  time,  much  more  nearly  in  a  direct  line  with  the  north  pole  than  at 
present  j  and  nothing  would  prevent  their  being  the  stars  intended  by  Chaucer, 
but  that  they  are  both  at  the  same  side  of  the  pole.  One  of  them,  however, 
might  be,  and  no  doubt  was,  his  star  A  ;  and  F,  the  star  under  the  pole,  was 
as  certainly  Polaris,  at  that  time  nearly  four  degrees  from  the  pole,  and  almost 
exactly  in  a  direct  line  passing  through  it  to  the  stars  first  named.  Now  the 
discrepancies  in  the  various  copies  are  confined  to  the  upper  altitude  :  some 
making  it  92  and  others  62  degrees  ;  but  they  all  agree  in  the  lower  altitude, 
21  degrees,  and  as  that  is  just  consistent  with  f3  Ursae  Majoris,  in  the  lat.  of 
51°  30',  it  may  be  safely  assumed  that  the  upper  altitude  ought  to  be  82  degrees, 
which  I  have  consequently  placed  in  the  text.  The  respective  right-ascensions 
of  these  two  stars  at  either  side  of  the  pole  were  157  and  338  degrees — that  is, 
within  less  than  a  degree  of  being  diametrically  opposite — and  when  it  is  con 
sidered  that  these  places  have  been  carried  back  by  tabular  corrections  through 
.  nearly  five  centuries,  and  that  Chaucer's  observation  of  verticality  was  by 
plumb-line  and  naked  eye,  the  approximation  is  remarkable  and  quite  sufficient 
to  warrant  the  correction  in  the  text. 


THE    CONCLUSIONS.  47 

HPake  any  sterre  fyxe  that  never  descendeth  under  the  orizont  in 
-^  thilke  region,  and  consyder  his  hyghest  altitude  and  his  lowest 
altitude  from  the  orizont,  and  make  a  nombre  of  these  altitudes  ; 
take  than  and  abate  halfe  that  nombre  [from  his  hyghest  altitude] 
and  take  there  the  elevacion  of  the  pole  artike  in  that  same  region. 

XXVI.  Another  conclusion  to  preve  the  latitude  of  a  region  that 
ye  ben  in. 

TTnderstande  wel  that  the  latytude  of  any  place  in  a  region  is 
verely  the  space  betwyxe  the  signet  of  hem  that  dwellen  there 
and  the  equinoctiall  circle,  north,  or  south,  taking  the  mesure  in 
the  merydyonall  line  as  sheweth  in  the  almicanteras  of  thin 
astrolaby ;  and  thilke  space  is  as  moche  as  the  pole  artyke  is  hie 
in  the  same  place  fro  the  orizont.  And  than  is  the  depressyon  of 
the  pole  antartyke  beneth  the  orizonte  the  same  quantite  of  space, 
neither  more  ne  lesse :  than,  if  thou  desire  to  know  this  latitude 
of  the  region,  take  the  altitude  of  the  sonne  in  the  myddle  of  the 
daye,  when  the  sonne  is  in  the  hed  of  Aries  or  of  Libra,  for  than 
movethe  the  sonne  in  the  lyne  equinoctial,  and  abate  the  nombre 
of  that  same  sonne's  altitude  out  of  90  degrees  and  than  is  the 
remnaunt  of  the  nombre  that  leveth  the  altitude  of  the  region  :  as 
thus — I  suppose  that  the  sonne  is  thilke  daye  at  noon  38  degrees 
of  heyght,  abate,  than,  38  degrees  out  of  90  so  leveth  ther  52,  than 
is  52  degrees  the  latitude.  I  saye  not  this  but  for  ensample,  for 
wel  I  wote  the  latitude  of  Oxenforde  is  certain  minutes  lesse 
Nowe  if  it  so  be  that  thu  thinketh  too  long  a  tarying  to  abyde  til 
that  the  sonne  be  in  the  hed  of  Aries  or  Libra,  than  waite  when 
that  the  sonne  is  in  any  other  degre  of  the  zodiake  and  consider  if 
the  degre  of  his  declinacion  be  northward  from  the  equinoctial ; 
abate  than  from  the  sonne's  altytude  at  none  the  nombre  of  his 
declinacion,  and  than  hast  thou  the  height  of  the  hedes  of  Aries 
and  Libra :  as  thus : — my  sonne,  peraventure,  is  in  the  10  degre 
of  Leo,  almost  56  degrees  of  height  at  none,  and  his  declinacion  is 
almost  18  degrees  northward  from  the  equinoctial ;  abate  than 
thilke  18  degrees  of  declinacion  out  of  the  altitude  at  none,  than 
leveth  38  degrees — lo  there  the  height  of  the  hed  of  Aries  or  Libra 
and  thyn  equinoctial  in  that  region.  Also  if  it  so  be  that  the 
sonne's  declinacion  be  southward  from  the  equinoctial,  adde  than 
thilke  declinacion  to  the  altitude  of  the  sonne  at  none  and  take 
there  the  hedes  of  Aries  and  Libi  a  and  thyn  equinoctiall.  Abate 
than  the  height  of  the  equinoctial  out  of  90  degrees  and  than  leveth 


48  THE   CONCLUSIONS. 

there  52  degrees ;  that  is  the  distaunce  of  the  region  from  the  equi 
noctial.  [Or  take  the  highest  altitude]*  of  any  sterre  fyxe  that  thou 
knowest  and  take  [or  add  his  declinacion]*  from  the  same  equinoc 
tial  lyne,  and  werke  after  the  maner  aforesaid. 

XXVII.  Declaracion  of  the  ascencions  of  signes  as  well  in   the 
circle  directe  as  in  oblique. 

e  excellence  of  the  sphere  solid,  amonges  other  noble  conclu- 
sions,  sheweth  manifest  the  divers  ascencions  of  signes  in 
divers  places,  as  wel  in  right  circles  as  in  embolyfe  circles.  [A 
right  circle  or  horizon  have  those  poeple  that  dwell  under  the 
equinoctial  linej'f  and  evermo  the  arche  of  the  daye  and  the  arche 
of  the  night  is  there  ylike  longe  ;  and  the  sonne  twise  every  yere 
passeth  through  the  signet  over  hed  ;  and  2  sommers  and  2  wynters 
in  a  yere  have  these  forsayd  peple  ;  and  the  almycanteras  in  their 
astrolabie  ben  straight  as  a  line.  And  note  that  this  right  orizont — 
that  is  cleped  orizont  rectum — devideth  the  equinoctial  into  right 
angles :  and  the  embolife  orizont,  wheras  the  pole  is  enhaunced 
upon  the  orizonte,  overcometh  the  equinoctial  in  embolife  angles. 

The  utilitie  to  knowe  the  ascencions  of  signes  in  the  right  circle 
is  this :  truste  wel  that  by  mediacyons  of  thilke  ascencions,  these 
astrologiens  by  their  table  and  ther  instrumentes  knowen  verely 
the  ascencion  of  every  degre  and  minute  in  al  the  zodiake  in  the 
embolife  circle,  as  shal  be  shewed.  These  auctours  writen  that 
thilke  signe  is  cleped  of  right  ascencion  with  which  the  more  part 
of  the  circle  equinoctiall  and  the  lesse  part  of  the  zodiake  ascendeth ; 
and  thilke  signe  ascendeth  embolyfe  with  which  the  lesse  of  the 
equinoctial  and  the  more  part  of  the  zodiake  ascendeth. 

XXVIII.  This  is  the  conclusion  to  knowe  the  ascensions  of  signes 
in  the  right  circle,  that  is,  circulus  directus. 

Oette  the  hed  of  what  signe  thu  lyste  to  knowe  the  ascendyng  on 

the  right  circle,  upon  the  lyne  meridionall  and  wayte  where 

thine  almurie  toucheth  the  bordure,  and  set  there  a  prycke :  tourne 

*  The  words  in  the  first  brackets  are  added  as  a  necessary  connection  with 
the  preceding  matter  ;  and  those  in  the  second  brackets  as  substitutes  for  these 
unintelligible  words  which  occupy  their  place  in  the  MSS.  arid  printed  copies — 
"  the  nether  elongation  lengthening." 

t  I  have  added  these  words,  in  brackets,  to  supply  the  evident  hiatus  :  and 
I  have  altered  the  relative  places  of  several  of  the  passages  in  order  to  render 
them  more  congruous  and  consecutive. 


THE   CONCLUSIONS.  49 

than  thy  rete  westward  til  the  ende  of  the  forsaide  signe  sitte  upon 
the  meridional  lyne;  and  eftsones  wayte  where  thine  almurie 
toucheth  the  bordure  and  sette  there  another  prycke.  Eeken  than 
the  nombre  of  degrees  in  the  bordure  betwixe  bothe  pryckes,  and 
take  than  the  ascencion  of  the  signe  in  the  right  circle  ;  and  thus 
maist  thou  werk  with  every  porcion  of  the  zodiake. 

XXIX.    To  knowe  the  ascencions  of  signes  in  the  embolife  circle 
in  every  region :  I  mene  in  circulo  obliquo. 

Oette  the  hed  of  the  signe,  which  as  thu  liste  to  knowe  his 
^  ascencion,  upon  the  est  orizonte,  and  wayte  where  thine 
almury  toucheth  the  bordure,  and  sette  there  a  prycke  ;  tourne  than 
thy  rete  upwarde  til  the  ende  of  the  same  sygne  sitte  upon  the 
est  orizonte  and  waite  eftsones  whereas  thine  almury  toucheth  the 
bordure,  and  sette  there  another  prycke :  reken  than  the  nombre 
of  the  degrees  in  the  bordure  betwixe  bothe  piyckes  and  take  there 
the  ascension  of  the  signe  in  the  embolyfe  circle.  And  understande 
wel  that  alle  the  signes  in  the  zodiake  from  the  hed  of  Aries  unto 
the  ende  of  Virgo  ben  cleped  signes  of  the  north  from  the 
equinoctial ;  and  these  signes  arisen  betwixe  the  verray  Est  and 
the  verray  North  in  cure  orizont  generally  for  ever.  And  alle  the 
signes  from  the  heed  of  Libra  unto  the  ende  of  Pisces  ben  cleped 
signes  of  the  South  fro  the  equinoctial, — and  these  signes  arisen 
evermore  betwixe  the  verray  Est  and  the  verray  South  in  oure 
orizont.  Also  every  signe  betwixe  the  hed  of  Capricorn  unto  the 
ende  of  Gemini  ariseth  in  oure  orizonte  in  lesse  than  two  houres 
equalles ;  and  these  same  signes  from  the  hed  of  Capricorn  unto 
the  end  of  Gemini  ben  called  tortuous  signes,  or  croked  signes,  for 
thei  arysen  embolife  in  oure  orizonte :  And  these  croked  signes  ben 
obedient  to  the  signes  that  ben  of  the  righte  ascension.  These 
signes  of  righte  ascension  ben  fro  the  heed  of  Cancer  unto  the  ende* 
of  Sagittary  ;  and  these  signes  arisen  more  upright  than  dothe  the 
othere,  and  therefore  they  ben  called  soveraine  signes, — and  every 
of  hem  ariseth  in  more  space  than  in  two  houres :  of  whiche 
signes  Gemini  obeyeth  to  Cancer,  and  Taurus  to  Leo,  and  Aries  to 
Virgo,  Pisces  to  Libra,  Aquarius  to  Scorpio,  and  Capricorn  to 
Sagittary.  And  thus  evermore  two  signes  that  ben  like  farre  from 
the  hed  of  Capricorn  obeyeth  every  of  hem  to  other. 


"  Heel"  in  printed  copies. 


50  THE   CONCLUSIONS. 

XXX.  To  knowe  justly  the  foure  quarters  of  the  world,  as  Est, 
West,  South,  and  North. 

rpake  the  altitude  of  thy  sonne  when  thou  liste,  and  note  well 
-"•  the  quarter  of  the  world  in  which  the  sonne  is  from  [for]  the 
tyme  by  the  asymutes :  tourne  then  thine  astrolaby  and  sette  the 
degre  of  the  sonue  in  the  almicanteras  of  his  altitude  on  thilke 
syde  that  the  sonne  standeth,  as  is  in  maner  of  taking  of  houres  ; 
and  laye  thy  labell  on  the  degre  of  the  sonne,  and  reken  ho  we 
many  degrees  of  the  lordwre*  ben  bytwene  the  lyne  meridional! 
and  the  point  of  thy  label,  and  note  wel  the  nombres.  Tourne 
than  agayne  thyne  astrolabie  and  set  the  point  of  thy  grete  rule, 
there  thou  takest  thin  altitudes,  upon  as  many  degrees  in  hys 
bordure  from  his  meridional  as  was  the  pointe  of  thy  labell  from 
the  lyne  meridional  on  the  wombe  syde.  Take  then  thyne  astro- 
labye  with  bothe  handes  sadly  and  slyly  and  let  the  sonne  shine 
through  bothe  holes  of  thy  rule  and  slyly  in  thilke  shyning  laye 
thine  astrolabye  couche  adoune  even  upon  a  playne  ground  ;  and 
than  wyl  the  meridionall  lyne  of  thin  astrolabye  be  even  south, 
and  the  est  lyne  will  lye  even  est,  and  the  west  lyne  west,  and 
the  north  lyne  north,  so  that  thou  worke  softely  and  avisely  in  the 
couchynge.  And  thou  hast  thus  the  foure  quarters  of  the 
firmamente. 

XXXI.  To  knowe  the  altitudef  of  Pianettes  from  the  way  of  the 
sonne,  whether  they  ben  north  or  south  fro  the  way  afore- 
saide. 

T  oke,  when  a  planet  is  on  the  lyne  meridional,  yf  that  her  altitude 
be  of  the  same  height  that  is  the  degre  of  the  sonne  for  that 
daye  and  than  is  the  planet  in  the  very  way  of  the  sonne  and  hath 
no  latitude.  And  yf  the  altitude  of  the  pianette  be  hyer  than  the 
degre  of  the  sonne,  than  is  the  planet  north  from  the  way  of  the 
sonne  a  quantite  of  latitude  as  sheweth  by  thine  almycanteras  : 
and  yf  the  altitude  be  lesse  than  the  degree  of  the  sonne,  than  is 


*  Here  I  have  not  hesitated  to  substitute  "  degrees  of  the  bordure"  for  "  de 
grees  of  the  sonne"  because  it  is  probably  a  mistake  of  the  copyist ;  but  I  do 
not  attempt  to  alter  the  fundamental  error,  which  appears  to  be  Chaucer's  own, 
of  taking  the  sun's  hour  angle  to  be  equal  to  his  azimuth  from  the  south. 

t  Stevens  reads  latitude,  but  the  word  in  the  text  may  stand  ;  for,  although 
the  alteration  is  probably  right,  yet  the  whole  proposition  is  so  erroneous  that 


THE  CONCLUSIONS.  51 

the  pianette  south  from  the  waye  of  the  sonne  soche  a  quantite  of 
latitude  as  sheweth  by  thine  almicanteras.  This  is  to  saine,  from 
the  waye  of  the  sonne  in  everye  place  of  the  zodiake,  for  on  the 
morowe  the  sonne  wyll  be  in  another  degre. 

XXXII.  To  knowe  the  signet*  for  the  arising  of  the  sonne ;  that  is 
to  saine,  the  partie  of  the  orizoute  in  which  the  sonne  ariseth. 

Thou  rnuste  first  consider  that  the  sonne  ariseth  not  [alwayes]  in 
the  verie  Est,  but  sometyme  in  the  North-Est,  and  sometyme  in 
the  South-Est :  sothely  the  sonne  ariseth  nevermore  in  the  verie 


this  single  correction  would  be  of  no  importance.  It  is  difficult  to  believe  that 
Chaucer  could  have  entertained  such  an  extraordinary  misconception  as  is 
implied  in  this  conclusion  ;  and  yet  since  it  is  the  same  in  all  the  copies,  and 
since,  moreover,  the  error  seems  so  consistent  throughout  that  no  supposition 
of  misprint  or  miscopying  can  account  for  it,  I  do  not  attempt  to  amend  it.  Its 
falseness  will  be  apparent  when  it  is  considered  that  at  the  summer  solstice  the 
meridian  altitude  of  the  sun  is  at  its  highest,  but  that  at  midnight  of  the  same 
day  a  planet  on  the  meridian,  if  in  the  ecliptic,  or  way  of  the  sun,  so  far  from 
being  "  of  the  same  heiyhte  that  is  the  degre  of  the  sonne  for  that  daye,"  would  be 
47  degrees  lower,  or  the  whole  breadth  of  the  tropics,  "What  Chaucer  really 
intended  was,  no  doubt,  to  compare  the  altitude  of  the  planet  with  that  of  the 
culminating  point  of  the  ecliptic  at  the  time  of  observation. 

It  is  curious  that  Stevins  should  have  seen  that  there  was  an  error,  and  yet, 
in  an  attempt  to  amend  it,  should  have  committed  a  still  greater  blunder 
himself :  his  note  to  "  way  of  the  sonne "  is  as  follows — "  The  way  of  the 
sonne  is  taken  heere  for  the  circuit  that  the  sonne  maketh  every  day  by  force 
of  the  first  movable  from  east  to  west ;  and  not  for  the  ecliptike,  as  in  other 
places  it  is  used."  That  is,  he  would  have  the  way  of  the  sun  in  this  proposi 
tion  to  mean  a  parallel  to  the  equinoctial ;  which,  in  the  example  already  men 
tioned,  would  be  the  circle  called  the  tropic  of  Cancer.  But  to  imagine  a 
planet  at  midnight  in  that  circle,  with  the  sun  in  the  summer  solstice,  would 
be  to  assign  to  the  planet  a  latitude  from  the  ecliptic  of  47  degrees,  a  worse 
blunder  than  the  other.  The  only  way  in  which  it  seems  possible  to  render  the 
conclusion  correct  is  by  the  following  addition,  in  brackets,  which,  after  all,  is 
not  very  extensive  : — "  Look,  when  a  planet  is  in  the  line  meridional,  if  that 
her  altitude  be  of  the  same  height  that  is  the  sun  for  that  day  [when  he  is  in 
the  same  sign  and  degree  that  is  the  planet],  then  is  the  planet  in  the  very  way 
of  the  sun  and  hath  no  latitude." 

But,  of  course,  the  other  parts  of  the  Conclusion  should  be  altered  in  con 
formity. 

*  Wherever  signet  occurs  in  this  or  the  following  conclusions,  Stevins  alters 
it  to  zenith;  but  very  improperly  (see  note  to  conclusion  xvi.).  It  is  worthy 
of  note  that  zenith,  in  the  time  of  Stevins  and  Stoeffler,  was  used  with  the  same 
double  application  as  the  signet  of  Chaucer — not  only  to  the  vertex,  but  also  to 
any  point  in  the  horizon  or  equinoctial. 


52  THE   CONCLUSIONS. 

Est  in  our  orizont  but  if  he  be  in  the  hed  of  Aries  or  Libra.  Now 
is  thine  orizont  departed  into  xxiiii  parties,  or  minutes,  by  thine 
asyinutes  ;  in  significacion  of  xxiiii  partes  of  the  worlde  :  though  it 
be  so  that  shipmen  reken  all  the  parties  in  xxxii. 

Then  is  there  no  more  but  waite  in  the  whiche  minute  that  the 
sonne  entreth  at  his  arising  and  take  there  the  signet  of  the  rising 
of  the  sonne. 

XXXIII.  The  maner  of  devision  [of  the  horizont]  of  thine  astro- 
labie  is  thus  enjoyned :  as  in  this  case.* 

First,  it  is  devided  in  fowre  plages  principallie,  with  the  line  that 
cometh  fro  Est  to  West  and  then  with  another  line  that  goeth 
from  South  to  North :  then  is  it  devided  in  smale  parties,  or  minutes, 
as  Est,  and  Est  by  South  where  that  is  the  first  minute  above  the 
Este  line ;  and  so  forth  fro  partie  to  partie  till  that  thou  come  again 
to  the  Est  line.  Thus  thou  might  understande  the  signet  of  every 
sterre — in  whiche  partie  he  ariseth. 

XXXIV.  To  knowe  in  which  partie  of  the  firmament  is  the  con 
junction. 

/Consider  the  tyme  of  the  conjunction,  by  the  Kalender ;  as  thus, 
^  how  many  houres  that  the  conjunction  is  fro  midday e  of  the 
daye  before,  as  sheweth  the  canon  of  the  kalender.  Rekene  then 
that  nombre  in  the  bordure  of  thine  astrolabie,  as  thou  were  wont 
to  doe  in  knowyng  of  the  houres  of  the  day  or  of  the  night, 
and  lay  thy  label!  over  the  degre  of  the  sonne  :  then  will  the  poinct 

*  Stevins  makes  this  conclusion  a  part  of  the  preceding  ;  to  which,  indeed, 
it  seems  supplementary :  but  not  more  so  than  to  the  original  description  of 
the  azimuths  at  page  28.  Chaucer's  xxiv  azimuths  were  :— 


1.  East. 

7.  South. 

13.  West. 

19.  North. 

2.  E.  by  S. 
3.  S.E.  by  E. 
4.  S.E. 

8.  S.  by  W. 
9.  S.W.  by  S. 
10.  S.W. 

14.  W.  by  N. 
15.  N.W.  by  W. 
16.  N.W. 

20.  N.by  E. 
21.  N.E.  by  N. 
22.  N.E. 

5.  S.E.  by  S. 
6.  S.  by  E. 

11.  S.W.  by  W. 

12.  W.  by  S. 

17.  N.W.  by  N. 

18.  N.  by  W. 

23.  N.E.  by  E. 
24.  E.  by  N. 

These  azimuths,  or  minutes,  were  each  of  15  degrees,  and  their  names  are 
indicated  by  Chaucer  himself  by  calling  "  East  by  South — the  first  minute  above 
the  Est  line — and  so  forth  fro  partie  to  partie  till  that  thou  come  again  to  the 
Est  line." 

The  concluding  words  in  the  title  of  this  33rd  conclusion — "  as  in  this  case" 
should  probably  be,  as  in  these  cases,— referring  to  the  several  propositions  re 
specting  azimuths  which  precede  and  follow  it.  In  Stevins,  minute  is  altered 
everywhere  to  azimuth,  but  quite  unnecessarily. 


THE  CONCLUSIONS.  53 

of  the  labell  sitte  upon  the  houre  of  the  conjunction.  Loke  then 
on  which  minute  the  degre  of  the  sonne  sitteth,  and  in  that  partie 
of  the  firmament  is  the  conjunction. 

XXXV.  To  knowe  the  signet  of  the  altitude  of  the  sonne. 

rFhis  is  no  more  to  saie  but  any  time  of  the  daie  take  the  altitude 
of  the  sonne  and  by  the  minute  in  which  he  standeth  thou 
might  se  in  which  partie  of  the  firmament  lie  is :  and  in  the  same 
wise  might  thou  se  by  night  any  sterre  whether  he  sitte  est,  west, 
or  south,  or  any  part  betwixe,  after  the  name  of  the  minute  in 
which  the  sterre  standeth. 

XXXVI.  To  know  sothlie  the  longitude  of  the  Mone,  or  any  pia 
nette,  that  hath  no  latitude,  for  the  tyme,  fro  the  ecliptike 
line.* 

'T'ake  the  altitude  of  the  Mone  and  rekene  thyne  altitude  up 
among  thyne  almicanteras  on  which  side  that  the  Mone  stand 
eth,  and  sette  there  a  pryck.  Take  then  anone,  right  uppon  the 
Mone's  side,  the  altitude  of  any  sterre  fyxe  that  thou  knowest  and 
sette  his  centre  upon  his  altitude  among  thyne  almicanteras  there 
the  sterre  is  founden ;  wayte  than  of  which  degre  the  zodiake  is,  to 
which  the  pryck  of  the  altitude  of  the  Mone  [applies]f  and  take 
there  the  degre  in  which  the  Mone  standeth.  This  conclusion  is 
verray  sothe  if  the  sterres  in  thine  astrolabye  standeth  after  the 
trouth.  Some  tretises  of  the  astrolabie  maketh  none  exception 
whether  the  Mone  have  latitude  or  none,  nor  whether  side  of  the 
Mone  the  altitude  of  the  sterre  be  found.  And  note,  if  the  Mone 
she  we  herself  by  daye  than  inaist  thou  werche  the  same  conclusion 
by  the  sonne  as  wel  as  by  the  sterre  fixe. 

XXXVII.  This  is  the  werching  of  the  conclusion  to  knowe  whe 
ther  any  planet  be  directe  or  retrograde. 

HHake  the  altitude  of  any  sterre  that  is  cleped  a  planete  and  note 

•  it  wel :  anone  right  take  the  altitude  of  some  stene  fixe  that 
thou  knowest  and  note  it  wel  also :  and  come  ageyn  the  thirde  or 
fourthe  night  next  following,  for  then  thou  shalte  perceve  wel  the 
nievyng  of  the  Planet  whether  he  meve  forward  or  bakkward  :  and 
waite  wel  then  whan  the  starre  fixe  is  in  the  same  altitude  that 

*  Slightly  altered  from  the  copies,  which  havo  "fro  the  tyme  of  the  ecliptike 
line." 

t  Or,  which  degree  of  the  zodiac  is  cut  by  the  almicanter  of  the  Moon's 
altitude. 


54  THE   CONCLUSIONS. 

she  was  when  thou  toke  the  firste  altitude  of  the  foresaid  planet 
and  note  it  wel.  For  truste  wel  if  so  it  be  that  the  Planet  be  in 
the  rights  side*  of  the  meridional  line  so  that  his  second  altitude  be 
less  than  the  firste  altitude  was,  thanne  is  the  planet  direct :  and 
if  he  be  in  the  west  side  in  that  condicion,  thanne  is  he  retrograde. 
And  if  so  be  that  this  Planet  be  in  the  est  side  when  his  altitude 
is  take  so  that  the  seconde  altitude  be  more  than  his  firste  altitude 
thanne  is  he  retrograde :  and  if  he  be  in  the  west  side  of  the  line 
meridionale  than  is  he  direct.  But  the  contrary  moving  of  these 
parties  is  the  cours  of  the  Mone,  for,  sothelie,  the  Mone  moveth  the 
contrary  fro  other  pianettes  in  her  ecliptick  line  but  in  none  other 
maner. 

[This  is  another  of  the  conclusions  denounced  by  Stoeffler  and  omitted 
by  Stevins.  The  fatal  objection  to  it,  apparently  overlooked  by  Chaucer, 
is  that  a  change  of  the  planet's  declination  might  affect  its  altitude  and 
vitiate  the  result.  In  other  respects  the  method  is  very  ingenious.  But  it 
is  not  easy  to  account  for  the  concluding  paragraph,  which  states  that  "  the 
Mone  moveth  the  contrary  fro  other  planets  in  her  ecliptick  line."  The 
moon's  motion  in  the  ecliptic  is  direct,  like  that  of  the  sun  ;  and  as  it  is 
impossible  to  suppose  Chaucer  unmindful  of  that  very  obvious  fact,  the  pas 
sage  must  be  either  hopelessly  corrupt  or  else  altogether  interpolated.] 

XXXVIII.  The  conclusion  of  equacions  of  bowses  after  the  astro- 

labie. 

Qette  the  beginning  of  the  degre  that  ascendeth  upon  the  ende  of 
the  viii  houre  inequale,  than  will  the  line  of  the  seconde 
howse  sitte  upon  the  line  of  Midnight.  Eemeve  then  the  degre 
that  ascendeth  and  sette  hym  upon  the  ende  of  the  x  houre  inequale, 
then  will  the  beginnyng  of  the  thirde  howse  sitte  upon  the  Midnight 
line.  Bring  up  again  the  same  degre  that  ascendeth  first,  and  set 
hym  upon  the  Est  orizonte  and  then  will  the  beginning  of  the 
fowerth  howse  sitte  upon  the  Midnight  line.  Take  then  the  nadyr 
of  the  degre  that  ascendeth  first  and  sette  hym  upon  the  ende  of 
the  ii  houre.  inequale,  and  then  will  the  beginnyng  of  the  fifte 
howse  sitte  upon  the  Midnight  line.  Take  then  the  nadire  of  the 
ascendent  and  sette  hym  upon  the  ende  of  the  iiii  houre  inequale 
and  then  will  the  beginnyng  of  the  sixte  howse  sitte  upon  the 
Midnight  line.  The  beginnyng  of  the  seventh  howse  is  nadire  of 
the  ascendent ;  and  the  beginnyng  of  the  eyghth  howse  is  nadire 
of  the  second  ;  and  the  beginnyng  of  the  nineth  howse  is  nadire  of 
the  third ;  and  the  beginnyng  of  the  tenth  howse  is  nadire  of  the 

*  That  is,  the  east  side  of  the  meridian.     Vide  supra,  page  23. 


THE   CONCLUSIONS.  55 

iiii ;  and  the  beginnyng  of  the  'leventh  howse  is  nadire?  of  the 
fyfte ;  and  the  beginnyng  of  the  xii  howse  is  nadire  of  .the  vi 
howse. 

XXXIX.    An    other    maner    of   equacions   of    Howses  by   the 
astrolabye. 

ke  tliyne  ascendente,  and  then  thou  haste  the  foure  angles ; 

for  wel  thou  woste  that  the  opposite  of  thine  ascendente,  that 
is  to  saie  the  beginnyng  of  the  seventh  howse,  sitte  upon  the  west 
orizonte :  and  the  beginnyng  of  the  tenthe  howse  sitte  upon  the 
line  meridionall,  and  his  opposite  upon  the  line  of  midnight. 
Then  laie  thy  labell  upon  the  degre  that  ascendeth  and  rekene  then 
fro  the  poinct  of  thy  labell  all  the  degrees  in  the  bordure  til  that 
thou  come  to  the  meridional  line,  and  departe  all  thilke  degrees 
into  thre  evene  partes  and  take  there  the  evene  porcions  of  thre 
other  howses.  Laie  thy  labell  over  every  of  these  thre  parties,  and 
then  thou  might  see  by  the  labell  in  the  zodiake  the  beginning  of 
these  thre  howses  fro  the  ascendente,  that  is  to  saie,  the  twelveth 
next  above  the  ascendente,  and  then  the  eleventh  howse,  and  the 
X  howse  upon  the  meridional  line  as  I  first  saied.  The^same  wise 
werch  fro  the  ascendent  doune  to  the  line  of  midnight ;  and  thus 
thou  haste  thre  howses,  that  is  to  saie,  the  beginning  of  the  second, 
the  third,  and  the  fowerth  howse  :  than  is  the  nadire  of  these  thre 
howses  the  beginnyng  of  these  thre  that  foloweth  [the  seventh : 
and  the  nadire  of  the  eleventh,  and  the  twelveth,  is  the  beginnyng 
of  the  two  that  followeth  the  fourth].* 

XL.  To  finde  the  line  meridionale  to  dwell  fixe  in  any  certain 
place. 

ke  a  round  plate  of  metall,  for  warpyng  the  borderf  the  better, 
and  make  thereupon  a  juste  compace  a  little  within  the  bor 
dure  ;  and  laie  this  rounde  plate  upon  an  evene  ground  or  some 
evene  stone  or  on  an  even  stock  fixe  in  the  ground,  and  laie  it  even 

*  I  have  added  this  passage,  in  brackets,  because  after  the  mention  of  the 
2nd,  the  3rd,  and  the  4th,  "  the  thre  howses  that  foloweth "  would  be  the 
5th,  6th,  and  7th  ;  but  that  would  be  very  different  from  Chaucer's  meaning  as 
fully  explained  in  the  preceding  conclusion. 

t  Border =broder  (broader)  i.e.,  on  account  of  warping,  the  broader  (or 
thicker)  the  better.  There  is  an  example  of  broad,  applied  to  thickness  of 
rim,  in  broad  wheeled  wayon.  Stevins  also  has  broder. 


56  THE  CONCLUSIONS. 

by  a  rule.  In  the  centre  of  the  compace  sticke  an  even  pinne  or 
a  wire  upright,  the  smaller  the  better,  and  sette  thy  pinne  or  thy 
wire  by  a  plumme-rule's  ende  upright  even  :  and  let  this  pinne  ~be 
no  lenger  than  three-quarters*  of  thy  diameter  of  the  compace  :  and 
wayte  bysyly  aboute  tenne  or  eleven  of  the  clocke  when  the  sonne 
sheweth,  when  the  shadow  of  the  pynne  entreth  any  thing  within 
the  circle  of  the  compace  one  here  brede,f  and  make  there  a  pryck 
with  ynke.  Abide  then,  still  waityng  on  the  sonne,  after  one  of 
the  clocke  til  that  the  schadowe  of  the  pinne  or  of  the  wire  passe 
any  thyng  out  of  the  circle  or  compace  be  it  never  so  little,  and 
sette  there  a  pryck.  Take  then  a  compace  and  mesure  even  the 
middle  betwixe  both  pryckes  and  sette  there  a  pryck.  Take  then 
a  rule  and  drawe  a  strike  even  fro  the  pinne  unto  the  middle  pryck, 
and  take  there  the  line  meridionale  for  evermore  as  in  the  same 
place  :  and  if  thou  drawe  a  crosse  [line]  over  thwarte  the  compace 
justlie  over  the  line  meridionall,  then  haste  thou  Est  and  West, 
and  per  consequens  the  oppositife,  that  is,  South  and  North. 

XLI.  Discripcion  of  the  Meridionale  line,  and  of  the  longitudes 
and  latitudes  of  cities  and  tounes  as  well  as  of  Climates. 

rnhis  line  meridionale  is  but  a  maner  discripcion  of  a  line  yma- 
*  gined  that  passeth  upon  the  Poles  of  the  world,  and  by  the 
signet  over  hede :  and  it  is  cleped  the  signet,  for  in  what  place  that 
any  man  is  at  any  time  of  the  yere  whan  the  sonne  by  mevyng  of 
the  firmament  cometh  to  his  meridianale  place,  thanne  is  it  the 
verray  middaie  that  we  clepe  None,  and  therefore  is  it  cleped 
the  line  of  Middaie.  Than  take  hede  that  evermore  of  two 
citees,  or  of  two  tounes,  of  whiche  'the  one  approcheth  neerer 
the  Est  than  doth  the  other  toune,  truste  wel  that  thilke  two 
tounes  have  diveres  meridians.  Take  kepe  also  that  the  arche 
of  the  Equinoctial  that  is  conteyned  and  bounded  betwene  the 

*  I  have  here  substituted  three-quarters  for  "a  quarter,"  and  omitted  "fro 
the  pinne,"  in  the  words  "  thy  diameter  of  the  compace  fro  the  pinne,"  which 
would  mean  the  radius.  Now  a  quarter  of  the  radius  would  be  an  eighth  of 
the  diameter,  a  preposterous  proportion.  But  with  9  to  6  as  the  ratio  of  the 
gnomon  to  the  shadow,  as  I  have  made  it,  the  altitude  of  the  sun  is  56°  18' 
about  the  summer  solstice  at  an  hour  and  a  half,  or  an  hour  and  three-quarters, 
before  noon ;  which  very  well  agrees  with  Chaucer's  ten  or  eleven  of  the  clock, 
and  was,  beyond  all  reasonable  doubt,  what  he  intended.  [Stevins  omits  alto 
gether  the  words  in  italics,  and  so  avoids  the  difficulty.] 

t  One  hair's  breadth. 


THE   CONCLUSIONS.  57 

two  meridians  is  cleped  the  longitude  of  the  Toune.  And  if  it 
so  be  that  two  tounes  have  meridian  y-like,  or  one  meridian, 
thanne  is  the  distaunce  of  hem  hothe  like  ferre.*  And  in  this 
maner  thei  channge  not  the  meridian,  but  sothlie  thei  chaunge 
ther  alimancanteras,  for  the  haunsing  of  the  Pole  and  the  dis 
taunce  of  the  sonne. 

The  longitude  of  a  clymat  maye  be  cleped  the  space  of  the  yerth 
fro  the  beginnyng  of  the  firste  clyrnat  unto  the  laste  ende  •  of  the 
same  climat  even  direct  against  the  pole  artike ;  thus  saie  some 
aucthours.f 

And  some  clerkes  saie  that  if  men  clepe  the  latitude  of  a  control 
the  arche  meridian  that  is  conteined  or  intercepte  betwixe  the 
signet  and  the  Equinoccial,  then,  thei  saie,  that  the  distaunce  fro 
the  Equinoccial  unto  the  ende  of  the  clymate  even  ayenst  the  pole 
artike  is  the  longitude  of  the  clymate  fro  south. 

[Here  I  think  the  astronomical  conclusions  to  be  attributed  to  Chaucer 
himself  ought  properly  to  end.  As  to  the  one  other  that  remains,  the 
XLIInd,  I  am  convinced  it  was  not  written  by  him,  and  I  have  fully 
explained  my  reasons  for  that  opinion  in  the  Introduction  (p.  11).  I  there 
fore  make  no  attempt  to  amend  it.  But  I  shall  print  it  verbatim  from 
Urry's  edition :  giving  it,  however,  the  benefit,  such  as  it  is,  of  Stevins' 
alterations  and  additions  by  noting  them  at  foot  of  each  page.] 

(XLII.)  To  knowe  with  what  degree  of  the  Zodiake  that  any 
Planet  ascendeth  on  the  orizonte  where  his  latitude  be 
North  or  South. 

TT^nowe  by  thyne  Almanacke  the  degre  of  the  Ecliptike  of  any 
signe  in  which  that  the  pianette  is  rekened  for  to  be,  and  that 
is  cleped  the  degre  of  his  longitude.  And  knowe  also  the  degre  of 
his  latitude  fro  th'  ecliptike  North  or  South,  and  by  these  ensamples 
folowing  in  especialle  thou  maieste  wirche  with  every  signe  of  the 
Zodiake.  The  longitude  peraventure  of  Venus,  or  of  an  other 


*  An  important  part  of  the  text  appears  to  be  wanting  here,  which  if  not 
recovered  from  other  MSS.,  will  be  much  to  be  regretted — as  depriving  us  of  a 
knowledge  of  what  Chaucer  considered  to  be  the  first  meridian — whether  the 
Gaditanse  or  the  Fortunate  Isles. 

t  Stevins  very  improperly  changed  "  longitude  "  into  latitude  at  the  begin 
ning  of  this  sentence,  for  in  the  next  paragraph  Chaucer  fully  explains  in  what 
sense  longitude  is  to  be  understood. 

$  This  word  is  center  in  the  printed  copies. 


58  THE   CONCLUSIONS. 

planet  was l  of  Capricorne,  and  the  latitude  of  'lieni  Northward 
2  degrees  fro  the  Ecliptike  line,  then  toke  I  subtil  compas  and 
cleped  the  one  poinct  of  my  compace  A,  and  that  other  F,  then  toke 
I  the  poinct  of  A  and  set  in  the  ecliptike  line 3  and  my  Zodiake 
in  the  degre  of  the  Longitude  of  heddes 4  that  is  to  saie  in  the 
ende6of  Capricorne,  and  then  set  I  the  poinct  of  F  upward  in 
the  same  signe  bicause  that  the  altitude6  was  North  upon  the 
latitude  of  Venus,  that  is  to  saie  in  the  r  degre  fro  the  hed  of 
Capricorne,  and  thus  have  I  the8  degrees  betwixe  my  two 
prickes 9,  then  laied  I  downe  softlie  my  compace  and  set  the 
degre  of  the  longitude  upon  the10  Orizont,  then  toke  I  and 
waxed  my  labell  in  maner  of  a  paire  of  tables  to  receve  distinctly 
the  pricke  of  my  compace,  then  toke  I  this  foresaid  labell  and  laid 
it  fixe  over  the  degre  of  my  longitude,  then  toke  I  up  my  compace 
and  n  the  poinct  of  A  in  the  waxe  of  my  labell  as  I  coud  gesse 
over  th'  ecliptike  line  in  th'  ende 12  of  the  longitude.  I  set  the 
poinct13  over  endlonge  on  the  labell  upon  the  space  of  the 
latitude  inwarde,  and  on  the  Zodiake,  that  is  to  say  Northward  fro 
the  ecliptike  :  (then  laide  I  doune  my  compace  and  loked  well  in 
the  waie  upon  th'  ecliptike  of  A  and  F)  u  then  tourned  I  my 
rete  till  that  the  pricke  of  F  sate  upon  the  orizont,  then  sawe  I 
well  that  the  bodye  of  Venus  in  her15  latitude  of  degrees 
septentrionale  ascendeth  (in  the  ende  of  degre) 16  fro  the  hed  of 
Capricorne.  And  note  that  in  this,  maner  thou  mightest  werch 
with  any  latitude  septentrionall  in  al  signes :  but  sothly  the 
latitude  Meridionall  of  a  planet  in  Capricorn  maie  not  be  take 
bicause  of  the  little  space  betwixe  the  ecliptike  and  the  bordure 
of  the  Astrolabie,  and  sikerly  in  al  other  signes  it  maie  be  take. 
Also  the  degre  peraventure  of  Jupiter,  or  of  any  other  pianette  was 
in  the  first  degre  of  Pisces  in  longitude  and  his  latitude  was17 
degrees  Meridionall.  Then  toke  I  the  poinct  of  A  and  set  it  in  the 
first  degree  of  Pisces  in  th'  ecliptike,  then  set  I  the  poinct  downward 
of  F  in  the  same  signe 18  bicause  that  the  latitude  was  south  19 

1  Here  Stevins  inserts  "  in  the  hedd."  2  Inserts  " 2."  3  for  «  ana)»  sub 
stitutes  "of."  4  demit  "of  heddes."  5  for  "ende,"  substitutes  "  hedd." 
6  corrects  by  erasure  to  "  latitude"  7  in  serts  "  Seconded  8  for  "  the  "  substitutes 
"two."  9  substitutes  " pointes."  10  inserts  "east.'  n  inserts  " sette." 
12  for  "  ende  "  substitutes  "  degree."  13  inserts  "  of  F,"  and  demit  "  over.'' 
14  demit  all  within  parenthesis,  is  for  "her"  substitutes  "  this."  w  demit  all 
within  parenthesis,  and  substitutes  "  with  the  ende  of  Sagittarre  a  certaine  of 
degrees."  n  inserts  "3."  is  for  "same"  substitutes  "nexte."  19  inserts 


CONCLUSIONS.  59 

degrees,  that  is  to  saie  fro  the  hed  of  Pisces,  and  thus  have  1 20 
degrees  betwixe  both  prickes. 21  Then  set  I  the  degre  of  the 
longitude  upon  the  orizont,  then  toke  I  niy  labell  and  laied  him 
fixe  upon  the  degre  of  longitude,  then  set  I  the  poinct  of  A  on  rny 
labell  even  over  the  ecliptike  line  on  the  ende  of  the 23  degre  of 
the  longitude  and  I  sette  the  poinct  of  F  endelong  on  my  labell 
the  space  of  2S  degrees  of  the  latitude  outwarde  fro  the  Zodiake, 
that  is  to  saie  southwarde  fro  the  Ecliptike  towarde  the  bordure, 
and  then  tourned  I  my  rete,  til  the  poincte  of  F  sate  upon  the 
orizont,  then  sawe  I  well  that  the  bodie  of  Jupiter  in  his  latitude 
of 2*  degrees  meridionall,  ascendeth  with  the  25  degre  of  Pisces 
in  horoscope,  And  in  this  maner  thou  maiest  werche  with  any 
Latitude,  as  I  saied  first,  save  in  Capricorne. 

And  thou  wilte  plie  this  crafte  with  the  arysing  of  the  Mone, 
loke  thou  reken  well  the  26  course  of 27  houre  by  houre,  for 
she  dwelleth  in  a  degre  of  her  Longitude  but  a  little  while,  as  thou 
woste  well :  but  neverthelesse  if  thou  legen  well  her  verie  mevyng 
by  the  tables,  or  after  her  course,  houre  by  houre,  thou  shalte  doe 
well  inough. 


[THE  PRATIKE  OF  UMBRA  ^ECTA  AND  UMBRA  VERSA: 

To  knowe  the  heyght  of  toures  and  other  thynges  by  the  SCALE  on 

the  bakk-syde  of  thyne  astrolabye.]* 

1.  UMBRA  RECTA.  If  thou  might  come  to  the  base  of  the  towre 
in  this  maner  shalt  thou  werke.  Take  the  altitude  of  the  towre 
with  both  holes,  so  that  the  rule  lie  even  on  a  poinct.  Ensample 
as  thus :  thou  seest  hym  through  the  poinct  of  fower :  then  mete  I 
the  space  betwixe  thee  and  the  towre,  and  I  find  it  twentie  fote : 
then  beholde  I  how  fower  is  to  twelve  and  I  find  it  is  the  thirde 
parte  of  twelve  :  right  so,  the  space  betwixe  thee  and  the  towre  is 

"3."  20  inserts  "3."  21  substitutes  " pointes."  22  demit  "ende  of  the" 
23  inserts  "3."  24  inserts  "3."  25  inserts  "6th."  26  for  "the"  substitutes 
"her."  27  demit  "  <>/." 

*  I  have  no  authority  for  these  few  lines  of  introductory  title,  but  they  eecm 
absolutely  necessary  to  break  the  abruptness  of  the  change  from  the  astrono 
mical  portion  ;  and  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  some  such  introductory  matter 
must  have  formed  part  of  the  original. 


60  THE  CONCLUSIONS. 

the  thirde  part  of  the  altitude  of  the  towre :  then  thrise  twentie 
fote  is  the  highest  of  the  towre,  with  the  addicion  of  thine  owne 
bodie  fro  thyne  eye.  If  the  rule  fall  on  five  then  [as  five  is  to  twelve 
so  is  the  space  betwixe  to]*  the  heyght  of  the  towre. 

II.  UMBEA  VEESA.     If  thou  maiest  not  come  to  the  base  of  the 
towre  and  thou  fixe  hym  through  the  nombre  of  one  ;  sette  there 
a  pryck  at  thy  fote :  then  go  nere  the  towre  and  se  hym  through 
the  poinct  of  two,  and  sette  there  an  other  pryck :  and  then  beholde 
howe  one  hath  hym  to  twelve,  and  thou  shalte  finde  that  he  hath 
hym  twelve  sithes  :  then  behold  how  two  have  hym  to  twelve  and 
thou    shalte   finde    it    sixe    sithes,   [the    difference    is    sixe]  and 
therefore  the  space  betwixe  the  two  pry  ekes  is  sixe  times  thyne 
altitude.     And  note  that  at  the  first  altitude  of  one,  thou  settest  a 
pryck ;  and  afterward  when  thou  seest  hym  through  at  two,  there 
thou  settest  a  pryck ;  then  thou  findest  betwene  Ix  fote  :  then  thou 
shalte  finde  that  tenne  is  the  sixth  part  of  sixty  :  then  is  tenne  fote 
the  altitude,  of  the  towre.     But  if  it  fall  upon  an  other  poinct,  as 
thus  :  it  falleth  on  sixe  at  the  seconde  takyng,  when  [at  the  first] 
it  falleth  on  three  :  then  shalt  thou  finde  that  sixe  is  the  second 
part  of  twelve,   and  three  is  the  fowrthe  parte  of  twelve :   [the 
difference  is  two]  that  is  to  saie  the  space  betwixe  the  two  pryckes 
is  twise  the  heyght  of  the  towre.     And  if  the  difference  were  three, 
then  would  it  be  three  times  the  hey  the.     Et  sic  de  singulis.^ 

III.  UMBEA  EECTA.    An  other  rftaner  of  werching  by  umbra  recta. 
If  thou  maiest  not  come  by  the  base  of  the  towre,  wirche  in  this 
wise :  sette  thy  rule  upon  one,  tyll  thou  se  the  altitude,  and  set 
at  thy  fote  a  prycke  ;  and  then  set  thy  rule  upon  two,  and  so  doe 
in  the  same  maner  :  then  loke  what  is  the  difference  betwixe  one 
and  two,  and  thou  shalte  finde  that  it  is  one :  then  mesure  the 
space  betwixe  the  two  pryckes,  and  that  is  the  twelveth  part  of 
the  altitude  of  the  towre — and  so  of  all  other. 

IV.  UMBEA  EECTA.     If  thy  rule  fall  upon  the  eighte  poinct,  on 

*  These  words  in  brackets  I  have  substituted  for  "is  five  times  twelve"  of  the 
printed  copies,  which  are  obviously  erroneous.  Stevins  gets  over  the  difficulty 
by  omitting  the  last  part  altogether. 

t  The  numbers  and  measurements  in  the  foregoing  problem  are  sadly 
mangled  in  the  various  copies.  I  have  inserted  such  numbers  and  made 
such  alterations  (denoted  by  brackets)  as  seem  nearest  to  the  requirement  of 
the  context  and  yet  are  consistent  with  correctness. 


THE  CONCLUSIONS.  61 

the  right  shadowe,  then  make  the  figure  of  8:  then  loke  howe 
moche  space  of  the  fete  is  betwixe  thee  and  the  towre,  and 
multiplie  that  by  twelve :  and  when  thou  hast  multiplied  it  by 
that  same  nombre,  than  devide  it  by  the  nombre  of  eighte  and 
kepe  the  residue,  and  adde  thy  heyght  unto  thyne  eye  to  the 
residue  and  that  shall  be  the  verie  heighte  of  the  towre.  And 
thus  maiest  thou  worche  on  the  same  side  from  one  to  twelve. 

V.  UMBRA  RECTA.    Another  maner  of  werkyng  upon  the  same 
side.     Loke  upon  what  poinct  thy  rule  falleth  when  thou  seest 
the  toppe  of  the  towre  through  the  two  holes,  and  then  mete  the 
space  from  thy  fote  to  the  base  of  the  towre :  and  right  as  the 
nombre  of  the  poinct  hath  himself  to  twelve,  right  so  the  mesure 
betwixt  thee  and  the  towre  hath  hymself  to  the  height  of  the 
same  towre.     Ensample  as  thus :  I  sette  the  case  thy  rule  fall  upon 
eight,  then  is  eight  two  thirde  partes  of  twelve,  so  is  the  space 
two  thirde  partes  of  the  towre. 

VI.  UMBRA  VEKSA.      To  kuowe  the  heyght  by  the  poinct  of 
Umbra  Versa.     If  the  rule  fall  upon  iii  when  thou  seest  the  toppe 
of  the  towre,  sette  a  pryck  there  thy  fote  standeth,  and  go  nere 
tyl  thou  maiest  se  the  same  toppe  at  the  poinct  of  iiii,  and  sette 
there  an  other  pryck ;  then  mete  how  many  fote  is  betwixe  the 
two  pryckes,  and  the  height  up  to  thine  eye,  and  that  shall  be  the 
the  height  of  the  towre.     And  note  that  iii  is  the  fowerth  part  of 
xii,  and  iiii  is  the  thirde  parte   of  xii.     No  we  passeth  iiii  the 
nombre  of  iii  by  distaunce  of  i,  therefore  the  same  space,  with 
thy  height  to  thy  eye,  is  the  height  of  the  towre.     And  if  it  were 
so  that  there  were  two  or  three  distaunces  in  the  nombres,  so 
should  the  mesure  betwixe  the  pryckes  be  twise  or  thrise  the 
height  of  the  towre. 

VII.  UMBRA  RECTA.    To  knowe  the  height  if  thou  maiest  not 
come  to  the  base  of  the  thynge.     Set  thy  rule  upon  what  poinct 
thou  wilte,  so  that  thou  maist  se  the  toppe  of  the  thinge  through 
the    two    holes,    and  make    a    mark  there    thy    fote    standeth, 
and  go  nere  or  ferther  tyl  thou  maieste  se  it  through  an  other 
poinct,  and  make  there  an  other  marke  :  and  loke  what  difference 
is  betwixe  the  two  poinctes  in  the  scale  :  and  right  as  that  differ 
ence  hath  hym  to  xii.  right  so  the  spaces  betwixe  the  two  markes 
hath    hym  to  the  height  of  the  thing.     Ensample  :  I  sette  the 
case  that  thou  seest  it  through  the  poinct  of  iiii,  and  after  at  the 


62  THE   CONCLUSIONS. 

poinct  of  iii.  Nowe  passeth  the  nombre  of  iiii  the  nombre  of  iii 
the  distance  of  i :  and  right  as  this  difference  of  one  hath  hymself 
to  xii,  right  so  the  mesure  betwixe  bothe  the  markes  hath  hym  to 
the  height  of  the  same  thing,  puttyng  thereto  the  height  of  thyself 
to  thine  eye.  And  thus  maiest  thou  werke  from  i  to  xii. 

VIII.  UMBRA  VERSA.  Furthermore,  if  thou  wilte  knowe  in 
umbra  versa  by  the  crafte  of  umbra  recta,  I  suppose  thou  takest 
thine  altitude  at  the  poinct  of  iiii  and  makest  a  mark,  and  then 
thou  goest  nere*  tyl  thou  haste  it  at  the  poincte  of  iii  and  makest 
there  an  other  mark  ;  then  must  thou  devide  144  by  4  ;  the  nombre 
that  cometh  thereof  shall  be  36  ;  and  after,  divide  144  by  3,  and 
the  nombre  that  cometh  thereof  is  48  :  then  loke  what  difference  is 
betwixte  36  and  48,  and  that  shalte  thou  finde  is  12  :  and  right  as 
12  hath  hym  to  12  so  the  space  betwixte  the  two  pryckes  hath 
hym  to  the  altitude  of  the  thynge.f 

*  Stevins,  not  understanding  this  problem,  changed  "nere  "  into  "further." 
t  In  this  last  problem,  what  Chaucer  means  by  "the  crafte  "  of  umbra  recta, 
is  what  we  should  call  the  stating,  or  the  order  in  which  the  terms  of  the  pro 
portion  are  presented.  In  umbra  recta  the  first  term  is  the  difference  between 
the  observed  points  of  the  scale,  the  second  is  the  distance  between  the  stations, 
the  third  is  the  length  of  the  scale,  and  the  fourth  is  the  altitude  of  the  object  re 
quired  ;  but  in  Umbra  Versa  the  two  first  of  these  terms  are  transposed.  Therefore, 
in  order  to  take  the  altitude  by  the  points  of  umbra  versa,  and  yet  perform 
the  computation  by  the  proportion  of  umbra  recta,  it  is  necessary  to  convert 
the  points  of  the  one  into  equivalent  points  of  the  other :  and  this  is  done 
reciprocally  in  both  scales  by  dividing  the  points  of  each  into  the  square  of  its 
whole  scale  :  or,  as  Chaucer  has  it,  into  144,  the  square  of  12. 


ENDE  OP  SECONDS  PARTYE. 
(Cccterce  Desunt.) 


REPRINTS  OF  PAPERS  ON  THE 

ASTRONOMY  OF   CHAUCER 

IN  "  THE  CANTERBURY  TALES." 
WITH  ADDITIONAL   NOTES. 


ON  THE  MEANING  OF  CHAUCER'S  PRIME, 
ON  THE  CARRENARE, 
ON  SHIPPES  OPPOSTERES. 


I. 

THE  PILGRIMAGE  TO  CANTERBURY. 


'  Whan  that  Aprille  with  his  shoures  soote 
The  drought  of  March  hath  perced  to  the  roote 
And  bathed  every  veyne  in  such  licour 
Of  which  vertu  engendred  is  the  flour  :  — 
When  Zephirus  eek  with  his  swete  breeth 
Inspired  hath  in  every  holt  and  heeth 
The  tendre  croppes,  and  the  yonge  Sonne 

Hath  in  the  Earn  his  halfe  cours  y-ronne  : 

*  *  *  *  * 

Thanne  longen  folk  to  gon  on  pilgrimages 


Bifel  that  in  that  seson  on  a  day." 

PROLOGUE. 

I  quote  these  lines  because  I  wish  to  show  that  Tyrwhitt,  in 
taking  them  as  indicative  of  the  very  day  on  which  the  journey  to 
Canterbury  was  performed,  committed  a  great  mistake. 

The  whole  of  the  opening  of  the  prologue,  down  to  the  line  last 
quoted,  is  descriptive,  not  of  any  particular  day,  but  of  the  usual 
season  of  pilgrimages ;  and  Chaucer  himself  plainly  declares,  by 
the  words  "  in  that  season,  on  a  day  " — that  the  day  is  as  yet  in 
definite. 

But  because  Tyrwhitt,  who,  although  an  excellent  literary  critic, 
was  by  no  means  an  acute  reader  of  his  author's  meaning,  was 
incapable  of  appreciating  the  admirable  combination  of  physical 
facts  by  which  Chaucer  has  not  only  identified  the  real  day  of  the 
pilgrimage,  but  has  placed  it,  as  it  were,  beyond  the  danger  of 
alteration  by  any  possible  corruption  in  the  text,  he  set  aside 
these  physical  facts  altogether,  and  took  in  lieu  of  them  the  seventh 
and  eighth  lines  of  the  prologue  quoted  above,  which  I  contend, 
Chaucer  did  not  intend  to  bear  any  reference  to  the  day  of  the 
journey  itself,  but  only  to  the  general  season  in  which  it  was  un 
dertaken. 

But  Tyrwhitt,  having  seized  upon  a  favourite  idea,  seems  to  have 
been  determined  to  carry  it  through  at  any  cost,  even  at  that  of 

F 


66  APPENDIX. 

altering  the  text  from  "  the  Ram  "  into  "  the  Bull :"  and  I  fear  that 
he  can  scarcely  be  acquitted  of  unfair  and  intentional  misquotation 
of  Chaucer's  words,  by  transposing  "  his  halfe  cours  "  into  "  half 
his  course."  which  is  by  no  means  an  equivalent  expression.  Here 
are  his  own  words : 

"  When  he  (Chaucer)  tells  us  that  '  the  shoures  of  April  had  perced  to  the  rote 
the  drought  of  March'  (ver.  1,  2),  we  must  suppose,  in  order  to  allow  due  time 
for  such  an  operation,  that  April  was  far  advanced  ;  while,  on  the  other  hand, 
the  place  of  the  sun,  'having  just  run  half  his  course  in  the  Earn1  (ver.  7,  8), 
restrains  us  to  some  day  in  the  very  latter  end  of  March.  This  difficulty  may, 
and,  I  think,  should,  be  removed  by  reading  in  ver.  8,  the  BULL,  instead  of  the 
KAM.  All  the  parts  of  the  description  will  then  be  consistent  with  themselves, 
and  with  another  passage  (ver.  4425),  where,  in  the  best  MSS.,  the  eighte  and 
twenty  day  of  April  is  named  as  the  day  of  the  journey  to  Canterbury." — Intro 
ductory  Discourse. 

Accordingly,  Mr.  Tyrwhitt  did  not  hesitate  to  adopt  in  his  text  the 
twenty-eighth  of  April  as  the  true  date,  without  stopping  to  exa 
mine  whether  that  day  would,  or  would  not,  be  inconsistent  with 
the  subsequent  phenomena  related  by  Chaucer. 

Notwithstanding  Tyrwhitt's  assertion  of  a  difficulty  only  remov 
able  by  changing  the  Earn  into  the  Bull,  there  are  no  less  than 
two  ways  of  understanding  the  seventh  and  eighth  lines  of  the 
prologue  so  as  to  be  perfectly  in  accordance  with  the  rest  of  the 
description.  One  of  these  would  be  to  suppose  the  sign  Aries  divided 
into  two  portions  (not  necessarily  equal  in  the  phraseology  of  the 
time),  one  of  which  would  appertain  to  March,  and  the  other  to 
April — and  that  Chaucer,  by  "  in  the  Earn  his  halfe  cours,"  meant 
the  last,  or  the  April  half  of  the  sign  Aries.  But  I  think  a  more 
probable  supposition  still  would  be  to  imagine  the  month  of  April, 
of  which  Chaucer  was  speaking,  to  be  divided  into  two  "  halfe  cours," 
in  one  of  which  the  sun  would  be  in  Aries,  and  in  the  other  in 
Taurus  ;  and  that  when  Chaucer  says  that  "  the  yonge  Sonne  had 
in  the  Earn  his  halfe  cours  yronne,"  he  meant  that  the  Aries  half  of 
the  month  of  April  had  been  run  through,  thereby  indicating  in 
general  terms  some  time  approaching  to  the  middle  of  April. 

Both  methods  of  explaining  the  phrase  lead  eventually  to  the 
same  result,  which  is  also  identical  with  the  interpretation  of 
Chaucer's  own  contemporaries,  as  appears  in  its  imitation  by  Lyd- 
gate  in  the  opening  of  his  "  Story  of  Thebes  :" — 

"  Whan  bright  Phebus  passed  was  the  Earn, 
Midde  of  Aprill,  and  into  the  Bull  came." 


APPENDIX.  G7 

And  it  is  by  no  means  the  least  remarkable  instance  of  want  of 
perception  in  Tyrwhitt,  that  he  actually  cites  these  two  lines  of 
Lydgate's  as  corroborative  of  his  own  interpretation,  which  places  the 
sun  in  the  middle  of  Taurus. 

I  enter  into  this  explanation,  not  that  I  think  it  necessary  to 
examine  too  curiously  into  the  consistency  of  an  expression  which 
evidently  was  intended  only  in  a  general  sense,  but  that  the  ground 
lessness  of  Tyrwhitt's  alleged  necessity  for  the  alteration  of  "  the 
Earn  "  into  "  the  Bull  "  might  more  clearly  appear.* 

T  have  said  that  Tyrwhitt  was  not  a  competent  critic  of  Chau 
cer's  practical  science,  and  I  may  perhaps  be  expected  to  point  out 
some  other  instance  of  his  failure  in  that  respect  than  is  afforded 
by  the  subject  itself.  This  I  may  do  by  reference  to  a  passage  in 
"  The  Marchante's  Tale,"  which  evinces  a  remarkable  want  of  per 
ception  not  only  in  Tyrwhitt,  but  in  all  the  editors  of  Chaucer  that 
I  have  had  an  opportunity  of  consulting. 

The  morning  of  the  garden  scene  is  said  in  the  text  to  be  "  er 
that  days  eight  were  passed  of  the  month  of  Juil " — but  a  little 
further  on,  the  same  day  is  thus  described  : — 

"  Bright  was  the  day  and  blew  the  firmament, 
Phebus  of  gold  his  stremes  doim  hath  sent 
To  gladden  every  flour  with  his  warmnesse  ; 
He  was  that  time  in  Qeminis,  I  gesse, 
But  litel  fro  his  declination 
In  Cancer." 

How  is  it  possible  that  any  person  could  read  these  lines  and  not 
be  struck  at  once  with  the  fact  that  they  refer  to  the  8th  of  June 
and  not  to  the  8th  of  July  ?  The  sun  would  leave  Gemini  and 
and  enter  Cancer  on  the  12th  of  June ;  Chaucer  was  describing 
the  8th,  and  with  his  usual  accuracy  he  places  the  sun  "  but  litel 
fro  "  the  summer  solstice  ! 

Since  "  Juil "  is  an  error  common  perhaps  to  all  previous  editions, 
Tyrwhitt  might  have  been  excused  for  repeating  it,  if  he  had  been 
satisfied  with  only  that :  but  lie  must  signalise  his  edition  by  insert 
ing  in  the  Glossary  attached  to  it — "  JUIL,  the  month  of  July"  refer 
ring,  as  the  sole  authority  for  the  word,  to  this  very  line  in  question 
of  "  The  Marchante's  Tale  !.".  • 

Nor  does  the  proof,  against  him  in  particular,  end  even  there  ; 
he  further  shows  that  his  attention  must  have  been  especially 
drawn  to  this  garden  scene  by  his  assertion  that  Pluto  and  Proser- 

*  SeeJtfote  A  At  tliu  c-n«l. 


68  APPENDIX. 

pine  were  the  prototypes  of  Oberon  and  Titania  ;  and  yet  he  failed 
to  notice  a  circumstance  that  would  have  added  some  degree  of 
plausibility  to  the  comparison,  namely,  that  Chaucer's,  as  well  as 
Shakspeare's,  was  a  Midsummer  Dream. 

It  is,  perhaps,  only  justice  to  Urry  to  state  that  Tie  appears 
to  have  been  aware  of  the  error  that  would  arise  from  attributing 
the  sun's  presence  in  the  sign  Gemini  to  the  month  of  July.  The 
manner  in  which  the  lines  are  printed  in  his  edition  is  this  : — 

"  ere  the  dayis  eight 
Were  passid,  er'  the  month  July  befill." 

It  is  just  possible  to  twist  the  meaning  of  this  into  the  eighth  of  the 
Kalends  of  July,  by  which  the  blunder  would  be  in  some  degree 
lessened  ;  but,  inasmuch  as  the  sun,  in  Chaucer's  time,  would  leave 
Gemini  on  the  12th  of  June,  and  the  eighth  of  the  Kalends  of 
July  was  not  till  the  24th  of  June,  such  a  reading  would  be  as 
foreign  to  Chaucer's  astronomy  as  the  lines  themselves  are  to  his 
poetry. 

[Pub.  April  26,  1851.] 


II. 
THE  ARKE  OF  ARTIFICIAL  DA.Y. 

Before  proceeding  to  point  out  the  indelible  marks  by  which 
Chaucer  has,  as  it  were1,  stereotyped  the  true  date  of  the  journey 
to  Canterbury,  I  shall  clear  away  another  stumbling-block,  still 
more  insurmountable  to  Tyrwhitt  than  his  first  difficulty  of  the 
"halfe  cours"  in  Aries,  viz.,  the  seeming  inconsistency  in  statements 
(1.)  and  (2.)  in  the  following  lines  of  the  prologue  to  the  Man  of 
Lawe's  tale : — 

(  "  Oure  hoste  saw  wel  that  the  bright  sonne, 
(1.)   •<       The  arke  of  his  artificial  day,  had  ironne 

V.      The  fourthe  part  and  halfe  an  houre  and  more, 
***** 

7       And  saw  wel  that  the  shadow  of  every  tree 
Was  as  in  length  of  the  same  quantitie, 
That  was  the  body  erecte  that  caused  it, 
And  therefore  by  the  shadow  he  toke  his  wit 


(2.) 


That  Phebus,  which  that  shone  so  clere  and  bright, 
Degrees  was  five  and  fourty  clombe  on  hight, 
And  for  that  day,  as  in  that  latitude 
It  was  ten  of  the  clok,  he  gan  conclude." 


APPENDIX.  69 

The  difficulty  will  be  best  explained  in  Tyrwhitt's  own  words  : — 

u  Unfortunately,  however,  this  description,  though  seemingly  intended  to 
be  so  accurate,  will  neither  enable  us  to  conclude  with  the  MSS.  that  it  was 
*  ten  of  the  clock,'  nor  to  fix  upon  any  other  hour ;  as  the  two  circumstances 
just  mentioned  are  not  found  to  coincide  in  any  part  of  the  28th,  or  of  any 
other  day  of  April,  in  this  climate."—  Introductory  Discourse,  §  xiv. 

In  a  foot-note,  Tyrwhitt  further  enters  into  a  calculation  to  show 
that,  on  the  28th  of  April,  the  fourth  part  of  the  day  and  half  an 
hour  and  more  (even  with  the  liberal  allowance  of  a  quarter  of  an 
hour  to  the  indefinite  phrase  "  and  more  ")  would  have  been  com 
pleted  by  nine  o'clock  A.M.  at  the  latest,  and  therefore  at  least  an 
hour  too  soon  for  coincidence  with  (2.). 

Now,  one  would  think  that  Tyrwhitt,  when  he  found  his  author 
relating  facts,  " seemingly  intended  to  be  so  accurate"  would  have 
endeavoured  to  discover  whether  there  might  not  be  some  hidden 
meaning  in  them,  the  explaining  of  which  might  make  that  con 
sistent,  which,  at  first  sight,  was  apparently  the  reverse. 

Had  he  investigated  with  such  a  spirit,  he  must  have  discovered 
that  the  expression  "  arke  of  the  artificial  day  "  could  not,  in  this 
instance,  receive  its  obvious  and  usual  meaning  of  the  horary  dura 
tion  from  sunrise  to  sunset — 

And  for  this  simple  reason :  That  such  a  meaning  would  pre 
suppose  a  knowledge  of  the  hour — of  the  very  thing  in  request — and 
which  was  about  to  be  discovered  by  "  our  hoste,"  who  "  toke  his 
wit "  from  the  sun's  altitude  for  the  purpose !  But  if  he  knew 
already  that  the  fourth  part  of  the  day  IN  TIME  had  elapsed,  he  must 
necessarily  have  also  known  what  that  time  was,  without  the  neces 
sity  of  calculating  it ! 

Now  Chaucer,  whose  choice  of  expression  on  scientific  subjects 
is  often  singularly  exact,  says,  "  Our  hoste  saw  that  the  sonne,"  &c. ; 
he  must  therefore  have  been  referring  to  some  visible  situation  : 
because,  afterwards,  when  the  time  of  day  has  been  obtained  from 
calculation,  the  phrase  changes  to  " gan  conclude"  that  it  was  ten 
of  the  clock. 

It  seems,  therefore,  certain  that,  even  setting  aside  the  question 
of  consistency  between  (1.)  and  (2.),  we  must,  upon  other  grounds, 
assume  that  Chaucer  had  some  meaning  in  the  expression  "  arke  of 
the  artificial  day,"  different  from  what  must  be  admitted  to  be 
its  obvious  and  received  signification. 

To  what  other  ark,  then,  could  he  have  been  alluding,  if  not  to 
the  horary  diurnal  ark  ? 


70  APPENDIX. 

I  think,  to  the  AZIMUTHAL  ARCH  OF  THE  HORIZON  included 
between  the  point  of  sunrise  and  that  of  sunset ! 

The  situation  of  any  point  in  that  arch  is  called  its  bearing ;  it 
is  estimated  by  reference  to  the  points  of  the  compass  ;  it  is  there 
fore  visually  ascertainable  :  and  it  requires  no  previous  knowledge 
of  the  hour  in  order  to  determine  when  the  sun  has  completed  the 
fourth,  or  any  other,  portion  of  it. 

Here,  then,  is  primd  facie  probability  established  in  favour  of 
this  interpretation.  And  if  upon  examination,  we  find  that  it  also 
clears  away  the  discrepancy  between  (1.)  and  (2.),  probability 
becomes  certainty. 

Assuming  upon  evidence  which  I  shall  hereafter  explain,  that 
the  sun's  declination,  on  the  day  of  the  journey,  was  13°  26'  North, 
or  thirteen  degrees  and  a  half, — the  sun's  bearing  at  rising,  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  London,  would  be  E.KE.,  at  setting  W.N.W.  ; 
the  whole  included  arch,  224°  ;  and  the  time  at  which  the  sun  would 
complete  one-fourth,  or  have  the  bearing  S.E.  by  E.,  would  be  about 
20  minutes  past  nine  A.M., — thus  leaving  40  minutes  to  represent 
Chaucer's  "  half  an  hour  and  more  !  " 

A  very  remarkable  approximation — which  converts  a  statement 
apparently  contradictory,  into  a  strong  confirmation  of  the  deduc 
tion  to  be  obtained  from  the  other  physical  facts  grouped  together 
by  Chaucer  with  such  extraordinary  skill ! 

On  the  other  hand,  it  is  impossible  to  deny  that  the  "  hoste's  " 
subsequent  admonition  to  the  pilgrims  to  make  the  best  use  of  their 
time,  warning  them  that  "  the  fourthe  partie  of  this  day  is  gon," 
seems  again  to  favour  the  idea  that  it  is  the  day's  actual  horary 
duration  that  is  alluded  to. 
[Pub  May  3,  1851.] 


POSTCRIPT  IN  1869. 


The  necessary  study  of  Chaucer's  Treatise  on  the  Astrolabe, 
which  I  have  gone  through  in  editing  it,  has  enabled  me  to  suggest 
an  explanation  of  this  seeming  anomaly.  In  observing  "  the  arche 
of  the  day  that  some  folk  callen  the  day  artificiale." — Conclusion 
VIII,  page  31.  Chaucer  would  see  at  the  same  time  the  sun's 
azimuth  at  rising  and  setting.  And  he  would  take  the  fourth  of  the 
included  arch  in  azimuth  as  the  fourth  of  the  day  in  time,  because 


APPENDIX.  71 


it   appears  by  Conclusion  XXX,  page  51,  that  he  was  under  the 
mistaken  idea  that  the  azimuth  is  equal  to  the  hour-angle. 


III. 
ASTRONOMICAL  EVIDENCE. 


Unless  Chaucer  had  intended  to  mark  with  particular  exact 
ness  the  day  of  the  journey  to  Canterbury,  he  would  not  have 
taken  such  unusual  precautions  to  protect  his  text  from  ignorant  or 
careless  transcribers.  We  find  him  not  only  recording  the  altitudes 
of  the  sun,  at  different  hours,  in  words  ;  but  also  corroborating  those 
words  by  associating  them  with  physical  facts  incapable  of  being 
perverted  or  misunderstood. 

Had  Chaucer  done  this  in  one  instance  only,  we  might  imagine 
that  it  was  but  another  of  those  occasions,  so  frequently  seized  upon 
by  him,  for  the  display  of  a  little  scientific  knowledge ;  but  when 
he  repeats  the  very  same  precautionary  expedient  again,  in  the 
afternoon  of  the  same  day,  we  begin  to  perceive  that  he  must  have 
had  some  fixed  purpose  ;  because,  as  I  shall  presently  show,  it  is 
the  repetition  alone  that  renders  the  record  imperishable. 

But  whether  Chaucer  really  devised  this  method  for  the  express 
purpose  of  preserving  his  text,  or  not,  it  has  at  least  had  that  effect 
— for  while  there  are  scarcely  two  MSS.  extant  which  agree  in  the 
verbal  record  of  the  day  and  hours,  the  physical  circumstances 
remain,  and  afford  at  all  times  independent  data  for  the  recovery  or 
correction  of  the  true  reading. 

The  day  of  the  month  may  be  deduced  from  the  declination  of 
the  sun  ;  and,  to  obtain  the  latter,  all  the  data  required  are, 

1.  The  latitude  of  the  place. 

2.  Two  altitudes  of  the  sun  at  different  sides  of  noon. 

It  is  not  absolutely  necessary  to  have  any  previous  knowledge  of 
the  hours  at  which  these  altitudes  were  respectively  obtained, 
because  these  may  be  discovered  by  the  trial  method  of  seeking 
two  such  hours  as  shall  most  nearly  agree  in  requiring  a  declina 
tion  common  to  both  at  the  known  altitudes.  Of  course  it  will 
greatly  simplify  the  process  if  we  furthermore  know  that  the  obser 
vations  must  have  been  obtained  at  some  determinate  intervals  of 
time,  such,  for  example,  as  complete  hours. 


72  APPENDIX. 

Now,  in  the  Prologue  to  the  "  Canterbury  Tales,"  we  know  that 
that  the  observations  could  not  have  been  recorded  accept  at  com 
plete  hours,  because  the  construction  of  the  metre  will  not  admit 
the  supposition  of  any  parts  of  hours  having  been  expressed. 

We  are  also  satisfied  that  there  can  be  no  mistake  in  the  alti 
tudes,  because  nothing  can  alter  the  facts,  that  an  equality  between 
the  length  of  the  shadow  and  the  height  of  the  substance  can  only 
subsist  at  an  altitude  of  45  degrees ;  or  that  an  altitude  of  29  de 
grees  (more  or  less)  is  the  nearest  that  will  give  the  ratio  of  11  to  6 
between  the  shadow  and  its  gnomon. 

With  these  data  we  proceed  to  the  following  comparison : 

Forenoon  altitude  45°.  Afternoon  altitude  29° 
Hour.                       Declin.  Hour.  Declin. 

XI  A.M.  8°         9'N.  II  P.M.  3°  57'  S. 

X  „  13<>      27'  „  III    „  3°  16'  N. 

IX  „  22°       34'  „  IV     „  13°  26'  „ 

VIII  „  Impossible.  V    „  Impossible. 

Here  we  immediately  select  "  X  A.M."  and  "  IV  P.M."  as  the  only 
two  items  at  all  approaching  to  similarity ;  while,  in  these,  the 
approach  is  so  near  that  they  differ  by  only  a  single  minute  of  a 
degree  ! 

More  conclusive  evidence  therefore  could  scarecely  exist  that 
these  were  the  hours  intended  to  be  recorded  by  Chaucer,  and  that 
the  sun's  declination,  designed  by  him,  was  somewhere  about  thirteen 
degrees  and  a  half  North. 

Strictly  speaking,  this  decimation  would  more  properly  apply  to 
the  17th  of  April,  in  Chaucer's  time,  than  to  the  18th  ;  but  since 
he  does  not  profess  to  critical  exactness,  and  since  it  is  always 
better  to  adhere  to  written  authority,  when  it  is  not  grossly  and 
obviously  corrupt,  such  MSS.  as  name  the  18th  of  April  ought  to 
be  respected ;  but  Tyrwhitt's  "  28th,"  which  he  states  not  only  as 
the  result  of  his  own  conjecture  but  as  authorised  by  "  the  best 
MSS.,"  ought  to  be  scouted  at  once. 

In  the  latest  edition  of  the  "  Canterbury  Tales  "  (a  literal  reprint 
from  one  of  the  Harl.  MSS.,  for  the  Percy  Society,  under  the  super 
vision  of  Mr.  Wright),  the  opening  of  the  Prologue  to  "  The  Man 
of  Lawes  Tale "  does  not  materially  differ  from  Tyrwhitt's  text, 
excepting  in  properly  assigning  the  day"  of  the  journey  to  "  the 
eightetene  day  of  April;"  and  the  confirmation  of  the  forenoon 
altitude  is  as  follows  : — 


APPENDIX.  73 

"  And  sawe  wel  that  the  schade  of  every  tree 
Was  in  the  lengthe  the  same  quantite, 
That  was  the  body  erecte  that  caused  it." 

But  the  afternoon  observation  is  thus  related  : — 
"  By  that  the  Manciple  had  his  tale  endid, 
The  sonne  fro  the  southe  line  is  descendid 
So  lowe  that  it  nas  nought  to  my  sight, 
Degrees  nyne  and  twenty  as  in  hight. 
Ten  on  the  clokke,  it  was  as  I  gesse, 
For  eleven  foote,  or  litil  more  or  lesse, 
My  schadow  was  at  thilk  time  of  the  yere, 
Of  which  feet  as  my  lengthe  parted  wer3, 
In  sixe  feet  equal  of  proporcioun." 

In  a  note  to  the  line  "Ten  on  the  clokke"  Mr.  Wright  ob 
serves, 

"  Ten.  I  have  not  ventured  to  change  the  reading  of  the  Harl.  MS.,  which 
is  partly  supported  by  that  of  the  Lands.  MS.,  than" 

If  the  sole  object  were  to  present  an  exact  counterpart  of  the 
MS.,  of  course  even  its  errors  were  to  be  respected  :  but  upon  no 
other  grounds  can  I  understand  why  a  reading  should  be  preserved 
by  which  broad  sunshine  is  attributed  to  ten  o'clock  at  night !  Nor 
can  I  believe  that  the  copyist  of  the  MS.,  with  whom  the  error  must 
have  originated,  would  have  set  down  anything  so  glaringly  absurd, 
unless  he  had  in  his  own  mind  some  means  of  reconciling  it  with 
probability.  It  may,  I  believe,  be  explained  in  the  circumstance 
that  "  ten  "  and  "  four,"  in  horary  reckoning,  were  convertible  terms. 
The  old  Roman  method  of  naming  the  hours,  wherein  noon,  was 
the  sixth,  was  long  preserved,  especially  in  conventual  establish 
ments  :  and  I  have  no  doubt  that  the  English  idiomatic  phrase 
"  o'clock  "  originated  in  the  necessity  for  some  distinguishing  mark 
between  hours  of  the  clock  reckoned  from  midnight,  and  hours  of 
the  day  reckoned  from  sunrise,  or  more  frequently  from  six  A.M. 
With  such  an  understanding,  it  is  clear  that  ten  might  be  called 
four,  and  four  ten,  and  yet  the  same  identical  hour  be  referred  to  ;  nor 
is  it  in  the  least  difficult  to  imagine  some  monkish  transcriber, 
ignorant  perhaps  of  the  meaning  of  "  o'clock,"  might  fancy  he  was 
correcting,  rather  than  corrupting,  Chaucer's  text,  by  changing 
"  foure  "  into  "  ten." 

I  have,  I  trust,  now  shown  that  all  these  circumstances  related 
by  Chaucer,  so  far  from  being  hopelessly  incongruous,  are,  on  the 
contrary,  harmoniously  consistent ;- -  that  they  all  tend  to  prove 
that  the  day  of  the  journey  to  Canterbury  could  not  have  been 


74  APPENDIX. 

later  than  the  18th  of  April ; — that  the  times. of  observation  were 
certainly  10  A.M.  and  4  P.M.  ; — that  the  "  arke  of  his  artificial  day'' 
is  to  be  understood  as  the  horizontal  or  azimuthal  arch  ; — and  that 
the  "  halfe  cours  in  the  Earn  "  alludes  to  the  completion  of  the  last 
twelve  degrees  of  that  sign,  about  the  end  of  the  second  week  in 
April. 

There  yet  remains  to  be  examined  the  signification  of  those  three 
very  obscure  lines  which  immediately  follow  the  description,  already 
quoted,  of  the  afternoon  observation  : 

"  Therewith  the  Mones  exaltacioun 
In  mena  Libra,  alway  gan  ascende 
As  we  were  entryng  at  a  townes  end." 

It  is  the  more  unfortunate  that  we  should  not  be  certain  what  it 
was  that  Chaucer  really  did  write,  inasmuch  as  he  probably  in 
tended  to  present,  in  these  lines,  some  means  of  identifying  the 
year,  similar  to  those  he  had  previously  given  with  respect  to  the 
day. 

When  Tyrwhitt,  therefore,  remarks,  "  In  what  year  this  hap 
pened  Chaucer  does  not  inform  us  " — he  was  not  astronomer  enough 
to  know  that  if  Chaucer  had  meant  to  leave,  in  these  lines,  a  record 
of  the  moon's  place  on  the  day  of  the  journey,  he  could  not  have 
chosen  a  more  certain  method  of  informing  us  in  what  year  it 
occurred. 
[Pub.  May  17,  1851.] 


IV. 
THE  STAK  MIN  AL  AUWA. 


"  Adam  Scrivener,  if  ever  it  thee  befall 
Boece,  or  Troilus,  for  to  write  new, 
Under  thy  long  locks  mayst  thou  have  the  scall 
But,  after-my  making,  thou  write  more  trew  ;    . 
So  oft  a  day  I  mote  thy  worke  renew, 
It  to  correct,  and  eke  to  rubbe  and  scrape, 
And  all  thorow  thy  negligence  and  rape." 

Chaucer  to  his  own  Scrivener. 

If,  during  his  own  lifetime,  and  under  his  own  eye,  poor  Chaucer 
was  so  sinned  against  as  to  provoke  this  humorous  malediction 
upon  the  head  of  the  delinquent,  it  cannot  be  a  matter  of  surprise 
that,  in  the  various  hands  his  text  has  since  passed  through,  many 
expressions  should  have  been  perverted,  and  certain  passages 


APPENDIX.  75 

wholly  misunderstood.  And  when  we  find  men,  of  excellent 
judgment  in  other  respects,  proposing,  as  Tyrwhitt  did,  to  alter 
Chaucer's  words  to  suit  their  own  imperfect  comprehension  of  his 
meaning,  it  is  only  reasonable  to  suspect  that  similar  mistakes 
may  have  induced  early  transcribers  to  alter  the  text  wherever,  to 
their  wisdom,  it  may  have  seemed  expedient. 

Now  I  know  of  no  passage  more  likely  to  have  been  tampered 
with  in  this  way  than  those  lines  of  the  prologue  to  the  Persone's 
Tale,  alluded  to  at  the  close  of  my  last  communication.  Because, 
supposing  (which  I  shall  afterwards  endeavour  to  prove)  that 
Chaucer  really  meant  to  write  something  to  this  effect :  "  There 
upon,  as  we  were  entering  a  town,  the  moon's  rising,  with  Min  al 
auwa  in  Libra,  began  to  ascend  (or  to  become  visible)," — and 
supposing  that  his  mode  of  expressing  this  had  been, 

"  Therewith  the  mone's  exaltacioun, 
In  libra  men  alawai  gan  ascende, 
As  we  were  entrying  at  a  towne's  end  :" 

— in  such  a  case,  what  can  be  more  probable  tfcan  that  some 
ignorant  transcriber,  never  perhaps  dreaming  of  such  a  thing  as 
the  Arabic  name  of  a  star,  would  endeavour  to  make  sense  of  these, 
to  him,  obscure  words,  by  converting  them  into  English.  The 
process  of  transition  would  be  easy  ;  "  min  "  or  "  men  "  requires 
little  violence  to  become  "  mene  "  (the  modern  "  mean  "  with  its 
many  significations),  and  "  al  auwa  "  (or  "  alwai,"  as  Chaucer  would 
probably  write  it)  is  equally  identical  with  "  alway."  The  mis 
placement  of  "  Libra  "  might  then  follow  as  a  seeming  necessity ; 
and  thus  the  line  would  assume  its  present  form,  leaving  the 
reader  to  understand  it,  either  with  Urry,  as,  "  I  mene  Libra,"  that 
is,  I  refer  to  Libra ; — or  with  Tyrwhitt :  "  In  mene  Libra,"  that  is, 
in  tJie  middle  of  Libra. 

Now,  to  Uriy's  reading,  it  may  be  objected  that  it  makes  the 
thing  ascending  to  be  Libra,  and  does  not  of  necessity  imply  the 
moon's  appearance  above  the  horizon.  But  since  the  rising  of  the 
moon  is  a  visible  phenomenon,  while  that  of  Libra  is  theoretical,  it 
must  have  been  to  the  former  Chaucer  was  alluding,  as  to  something 
witnessed  by  the  whole  party  as  they 

"  Were  entrying  at  a  towne's  end ;" 

or  otherwise  this  latter  observation  would  have  no  meaning. 

The  objection  to  Tyrwhitt's  reading  is  of  a  more  technical  nature 
— the  moon,  if  in  the  middle  of  Libra,  could  not  be  above  the  horizon, 


76  APPENDIX. 

in  the  neighbourhood  of  Canterbury,  at  four  o'clock  P.M.,  in  the 
month  of  April.  Tyrwhitt,  it  is  true,  would  probably  smooth  away 
the  difficulty  by  charging  it  as  another  inconsistency  against  his 
author;  but  I  —  and  I  hope  by  this  time  such  readers  of  these 
notes  as  are  interested  in  the  subject  —  have  seen  too  many  proofs 
of  Chaucer's  competency  in  matters  of  science,  and  of  his  commen 
tator's  incompetency,  to  feel  disposed  to  concede  to  the  latter  such 
a  convenient  method  of  interpretation. 

But  there  is  a  third  objection  common  to  both  readings  —  that 
they  do  not  satisfactorily  account  for  the  word  "  alway  ;"  for 
although  Tyrwhitt  endeavours  to  explain  it  by  continually,  "  was 
continually  ascending,"  such  a  phrase  is  by  no  means  intelligible 
when  applied  to  a  single  observation. 

For  myself,  I  can  say  that  this  word  "  alway  "  was,  from  the 
first,  the  great  difficulty  with  me—  and  the  more  I  became  con 
vinced  of  the  studied  meaning  with  which  Chaucer  chose  his  other 
expressions,  the  less  satisfied  I  was  with  this  ;  and  the  more  con 
vinced  I  felt  that  the  whole  line  had  been  corrupted. 

In  advocating  the  restoration  of  the  reading  which  I  have  already 
suggested  as  the  original  meaning  of  Chaucer,  I  shall  begin  by 
establishing  the  probability  of  his  having  intended  to  mark  the 
moon's  place  by  associating  her  rising  with  that  of  a  known  fixed 
star  —  a  method  of  noting  phenomena  frequently  resorted  to  in 
ancient  astronomy.  For  that  purpose  I  shall  point  out  another 
instance  wherein  Chaucer  evidently  intended  an  application  of  the 
same  method  for  the  purpose  of  indicating  a  particular  position 
of  the  heavens  ;  but  first  it  must  be  noted,  that  in  alluding  to  the 
Zodiac,  he  always  refers  to  the  signs,  never  to  the  constellations  — 
in  fact,  he  does  not  appear  to  recognise  the  latter  at  all  !*  Thus, 
in  that  palpable  allusion  to  the  precession  of  the  equinoxes,  in 
the  Frankeleine's  Tale— 

"  He  knew  ful  wel  how  fer  Alnatli  was  shove 
From  the  bed  of  thilke  fixe  Aries  above." 

—  by  the  lied  of  Aries,  Chaucer  did  not  mean  the  os  frontis  of  the 
Earn,  whereon  Alnath  still  shines  conspicuously,  but  the  equinoc 
tial  point,  from  which  Alnath  was  sho've  by  the  extent  of  a  whole 


See  Note  B  at  the  end. 


APPENDIX.  77 

This  being  premised,  I  return  to  the  indication  of  a  point  in  the 
ecliptic  by  the  coincident  rising  of  a  star ;  and  I  contend  that  such 
was  plainly  Chaucer's  intention  in  those  lines  of  the  Squire's  Tale 
wherein  King  Cambuscan  is  described  as  rising  from  the  feast : — 
"  Phebus  hath  left  the  angle  meridional, 
And  yet  ascending  was  the  heste  real, 
The  gentle  Leon,  with  his  Aldryan" 

Which  means  that  the  sign  Leo  was  then  in  the  horizon — the  pre 
cise  degree  being  marked  by  the  coincident  rising  of  the  star 
Aldryan. 

Speght's  explanation  of  "  Aldryan,"  in  which  he  has  been  copied 
by  Urry  and  Tyrwhitt,  is — "  a  star  in  the  neck  of  the  Lion."  What 
particular  star  he  may  have  meant  by  this,  does  not  appear :  nor 
am  I  at  present  within  reach  of  probable  sources  wherein  his  autho 
rity,  if  he  had  any,  might  be  searched  for  and  examined ;  but  I 
have  learned  to  feel  such  confidence  in  Chaucer's  significance  of 
description,  that  I  have  no  hesitation  in  assuming,  until  authority 
for  a  contrary  inference  shall  be  produced,  that  by  the  star  "Al 
dryan  "  he  meant  REGULUS,  not  the  neck,  but  the  heart  of  the  lion — 

1st.  Because  it  is  the  most  remarkable  star  in  the  sign  Leo. 

2nd.  Because  it  was,  in  Chaucer's  time,  as  it  now  is,  nearly  upon 
the  line  of  the  ecliptic. 

3rd.  Because  its  situation  in  longitude,  about  two-thirds  in  the 
sign  Leo,  just  tallies  with  Chaucer's  expression  ''yet  ascending," — 
that  is, "one-third  of  the  sign  was  still  below  the  horizon. 

Let  us  examine  how  this  interpretation  consists  with  the  other 
circumstances  of  the  description.  The  feste-day  of  this  Cambus 
can  was  "The  last  idus  of  March" — that  is,  the  15th  of  March — 
"  after  the  yere  " — that  is,  after  the  equinoctial  year,  which  had 
ended  three  or  four  days  previously.  Hence  the  sun  was  in  three 
degrees  of  Aries — confirmed  in  Canace's  expedition  on  the  follow 
ing  morning,  when  he  was  "  in  the  Ram  foure  degrees  yronne,"  and 
his  corresponding  right  ascension  was  twelve  minutes.  Now,  by 
"  the  angle  meridional "  was  meant  the  two  hours  inequall  imme 
diately  succeeding  noon  (or  while  the  "  1st  House  "  of  the  sun  was 
passing  the  meridian),  and  these  two  hours  may,  so  near  the  equi 
nox,  be  taken  as  ordinary  hours.  Therefore,  when  "  Phcebus  hath 
left  the  angle  meridionall,"  it  was  two  o'clock  P.M.,  or  eight  hours 
after  sunrise,  which,  added  to  twelve  minutes,  produces  eight 
hours  twelve  minutes,  as  the  ascending  point  of  the  equinoctial. 
The  ascending  point  <>t  the  ecli^/ic  would  consequently  be  twenty 


78  APPENDIX. 

degrees  ^in  Leo,  or  within  less  than  a  degree  of  the  actual  place 
of  the  star  Begulus,  which  in  point  of  fact  did  rise  on  the 
15th  of  March,  in  Chaucer's  time,  almost  exactly  at  two  in  the 
afternoon.* 

Such  coincidences  as  these  could  not  result  from  mere  accident ; 
and,  whatever  may  have  been  Speght's  authority  for  the  location  of 
Aldryan,  Ijshall  never  believe  that  Chaucer  would  refer  to  an  infe 
rior  star  when  the  great  "  Stella  Begia  "  itself  was  in  so  remarkable 
a  position  for  his  purpose  ;  assuming  always,  as  a  matter  of  course, 
that  he  referred  his  phenomena,  not  to  the  country  or  age  wherein 
he  laid  the  action  of  his  tale,  but  to  his  own. 

This,  then,  is  the  precedent  by  which  I  support  the  similar,  and 
rather  startling  interpretation  I  propose  of  these  obscure  words 
"  In  mena  Libra  alway." 

There  are  two  twin  stars,  of  the  same  magnitude,  and  not  far 
apart,  each  of  which  bears  the  Arabic  title  of  Min  al  auwa ;  one 
(P  Yirginis)  in  the  sign  Virgo — the  other  (S  Virginis)  in  that  of 
Libra. 

The  latter,  in  the  south  of  England,  in  Chaucer's  time,  would 
rise  a  few  minutes  before  the  autumnal  equinoctial  point,  and 
might  be  called  Libra  Min  al  auwa  either  from  that  circumstance, 
or  to  distinguish  it  from  its  namesake  in  Virgo. 

Now  on  the  18th  of  April  this  Libra  Min  al  auwa  would  rise  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  Canterbury  at  about  half-past  three  in  the 
afternoon,  so  that  by  four  o'clock  it  would  attain  an  altitude  of 
about  five  degrees — not  more  than  sufficient  to  render  the  moon, 
supposing  it  to  have  risen  with  the  star,  visible  (by  daylight)  to 
the  pilgrims  "  entrying  at  a  towne's  end." 

It  is  very  remarkable  that  the  only  year,  perhaps  in  the  whole 
of  Chaucer's  lifetime,  in  which  the  moon  could  have  arisen  with 
this  star  on  the  18th  of  April,  should  be  the  identical  year  to  which 
Tyrwhitt,  reasoning  from  historical  evidence  alone,  would  fain  attri 
bute  the  writing  of  the  Canterbury  Tales.  (Vide  Introductory  Dis 
course,  note  3.) 

On  the  18th  of  April,  1388,  Libra  Min  al  auwa,  and  the  moon, 
rose  together  about  half-past  three  P.M.  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Canterbury ;  and  Tyrwhitt,  alluding  to  the  writing  of  the  Canter 
bury  Tales,  "  could  hardly  suppose  it  VMS  much  advanced  before 
1389  !" 

*  See  note  C,  at  the  end. 


APPENDIX.  79 

Such  a  coincidence  is  more  than  remarkable — it  is  convincing : 
especially  when  we  add  to  it  that  1388  is  the  very  date  that,  hy 
a  slight  and  probable  injury  to  the  last  figure,  might  become  the 
traditional  one  of  13>83  ! 

Should  my  view,  therefore,  of  the  true  reading  of  this  passage  in 
Chaucer  be  correct,  it  becomes  of  infinitely  greater  interest  and  impor 
tance  than  a  mere  literal  emendation,  because  it  supplies  that  which 
has  always  been  supposed  wanting  to  the  Canterbury  <Tafes,  viz., 
some  means  of  identifying  the  year  to  which  their  action  cught  to  be 
attributed.  Hitherto,  so  unlikely  has  it  appeared  that  Chaucer, 
who  so  amply  furnishes  materials  for  the  minor  branches  of  the 
date,  should  leave  the  year  unnoted,  that  it  has  been  accounted  for 
in  the  supposition  that  he  reserved  it  for  the  unfinished  portion  of 
his  performance.  But  if  we  consider  the  ingenious  though  some 
what  tortuous  methods  resorted  to  by  him  to  convey  some  of  the 
other  data,  it  is  by  no  means  improbable  that  he  might  really  have 
devised  this  circumstance  of  the  moon's  rising  as  a  means  of  at 
least  corroborating  a  date  that  he  might  intend  to  record  afterwards 
in  more  direct  terms. 

I  acknowledge  that,  from  the  first,  if  I  could  have  discovered  a 
a  probable  interpretation  of  "  mene "  as  an  independent  word,  I 
should  have  preferred  it  rather  than  that  of  making  it  a  part  of  the 
Arabic  name,  because  I  think  that  the  star  is  sufficiently  identified 
by  the  latter  portion  of  its  name,  "  Al  auwa,"  and  because  the  pre 
servation  of  "  mene  "  in  its  proper  place  in  the  line  would  afford  a 
reading  much  less  forced  than  that  I  was  obliged  to  have  recourse  to. 
Perhaps  some  Arabic  scholar  will  explain  the  name  "  Min  al 
auwa,"  and  shew  in  what  way  the  absence  of  the  prefix  "  Min  " 
would  affect  it.* 
[Pub.  May  31,  1851.] 


V. 
TESTS  OF  POSITIONS. 


As  a  conclusion  to  my  investigation  of  this  subject,  I  wish  to 
place  upon  record  the  astronomical  results  on  which  I  have  relied 
in  the  course  of  my  observations,  in  order  that  their  correctness 

*  See  Note  D,  at  the  end. 


80  APPENDIX. 

may  be  open  to  challenge,  and  that  each  reader  may  compare  the 
actual  phenomena  rigidly  ascertained,  with  the  several  approxima 
tions  arrived  at  by  Chaucer. 

And  when   it  is  recollected  that  some   at  least   of  the   facts 
recorded  by  him  must  have  been  theoretical  —  incapable  at  the 
time  of  actual  observation—  it  must  be  admitted  that  his  near 
approach  to  truth  is  remarkable  ;  not  the  less  so  that  his  ideas  on 
some  points  were  certainly  erroneous  ;  as,  for  example,  his  adoption, 
in  the  Treatise  on  the  Astrolabe,  of  Ptolemy's   obliquity  of    the 
ecliptic  in  preference  to  the  more  correct  value  assigned  to  it  by 
the  Arabians  of  the  middle  ages. 

Assuming  that  the  true  date  intended  by  Chaucer  was  Saturday, 
the  18tk  of  April,  1388,  the  following  particulars  of  that  day  are 
those  which  have  reference  to  his  description  :  — 

H.       M. 
p.,,        (  Of  the  Sun  at  noon  .....................       2     17'2 

lagnt      J  of  the  Moon  at  4  p.in  ................     12       57 

Ascension 


Qf  ^  gtar  (g  y^  ..........  .  _     12       25 


AT  -Pfi,        C  Of  the  Sun  at  noon  .....................  13  47'5 

jNorcn      J  ofthe  Mbon  ttfc  4  p.m  .............  :.  4  49-8 

Declination  (  Of  the  Star  (S  Virginis    ...............  6  43'3 

(  Of  the  Sun  at  10  a.m  ...............  ....  45  15 

A  Iff    A        J  Of  the  Sun  at  4  p.m  ...................  29  15 

}  Of  the  Moon  at  4  p.m  ................  4  53 

'  Of  the  Star  at  4  p.m  ...................  4  20 

Azimuth      Of  the  Sun  at  rising    ..................  112  30 

H.  M. 

iOf  the  Sun  at  half  Azimuth   .........  9  17  a.m. 

Of  the  Sun  at  Altitude  of  45°   ......  9  58  a.m. 

Of  the  Sun  at  Altitude  of  29°   ......  4  2p.m. 

Of  Moon's  entrance  to  Libra  .........  3  45  p.m. 

[Pub.  June  28,  1851.] 


THE  "HALFE  COURS  "   IN  THE   RAM.  81 

NOTE  A. 


,  " and  the  yonge  sonne 

Hath  in  the  Earn  his  halfe  cours  y-ronne."—- Page  67. 

I  am  in  a  manner  compelled  to  invite  a  comparison  between  this 
reprint  of  what  was  written  and  published  by  me  so  far  back  as 
1851,  and  a  claim  advanced  on  the  part  of  the  Eev.  W.  W.  Skeat, 
of  Cambridge — that  he,  in  1868,  was  the  first  to  protest  against 
Tyrwhitt's  proposal  to  read  "  the  Bull  instead  of  the  Earn  "  in  the 
above  lines  :  for  notwithstanding  that  Mr.  Skeat  did,  at  one  time, 
publicly  acknowledge  that  this  claim  of  his  had  been  groundless 
(Notes  and  Queries,  24th  Oct.,  1868),  yet  he  afterwards  permitted 
it  to  be  reasserted,  and  apparently  acquiesced  in  attempts  to  confer 
upon  it  great  literary  notoriety  in  connection  with  his  name.  It 
was  made  a  prominent  theme  of  congratulation  for  the  members  of 
the  Early  English  Text  Society  in  its  Annual  Report  for  1869  :  and 
it  was  proclaimed,  with  a  rather  exuberant  prefatory  flourish,  in 
the  "  Temporary  Preface  "  sent  out  in  May,  1869,  with  the  first 
issue  of  publications  by  the  Chaucer  Society.  But  although  I  am 
thus  driven  to  assert  once  more  my  long  prior  right  to  this 
correction  of  Tyrwhitt,  it  is  not  from  any  overweening  pride  in  it, 
for  I  was.  not,  I  confess,  at  all  impressed  with  its  value,  until 
enlightened  by  the  high  importance  I  now  find  attributed  to  it  as 
the  discovery  of  another  person : — 

"  The  greatest  gain  of  late  times  as  to  the  Prologue  is  clearly  Mr.  Skeat's 
showing  that  Chaucer's  Ram  of  line  8  is  not  the  blunder  for  Bull  that  Tyrwhitt 
and  his  followers  supposed  it  to  be  ;  but  is  quite  right." 

"  A  vote  of  thanks  to  Mr.  Skeat  from  all  Chaucerians  is  hereby  recorded." 

("Temporary  Preface,"  page 89.) 

This  is  followed  by  a  reprint  in  full  of  Mr.  Skeat's  letter  to  Notes 
and  Queries  of  19th  September,  1868  ;  but  his  disclaimer,  which 
appeared  in  the  same  periodical  a  few  weeks  later,  is  not  noticed. 
I  fear  Mr.  Skeat  himself  cannot  be  wholly  acquitted  of  having 
supervised  this  partial  republishing  of  his  letters  :  and  I  say  so  on  the 
evidence  of  a  superadded  foot-note,  not  in  the  original,  which 
nevertheless  appears  with  the  signature  W.  W.  S.  on  page  104  of 
this  "  Temporary  Preface  ;"  and  that  foot-note  clearly  refers  to  an 
incidental  remark1  in  the  remonstrance  from  me  (N.  and  Q.,  10th 
Oct.,  1868),  which  had  elicited  his  disclaimer  on  the  24th  of  the 
same  month. 

a 


82  THE   "HALFE  COUES  "   IN  THE  RAM. 

Now,  while  Mr.  Skeat's  protest  against  Tyrwhitt  is  identical 
with  mine,  the  manner  in  which  he  would  explain  the  existing 
text  is  essentially  different ;  and  it  is  necessary,  in  defence  of  my 
own  interpretation,  that  I  should  show  the  errors  of  his.  He 
would  inflict  upon  Chaucer  a  more  injurious  imputation  than  even 
Tyrwhitt's — namely,  an  unintelligible  jumbling  together  of  the 
signs,  of  the  Zodiac,  with  the  constellations  of  the  same  names. 
He  states  that  by  the  sun's  halfe  cours  in  the  Earn  Chaucer  did 
not  mean  the  sign  so  called  but  the  constellation ;  and  that  since 
the  middle  of  the  constellation,  in  Chaucer's  time,  preceded  the 
middle  of  the  sign  by  twenty  degrees,  that  number  added  to  15  of 
Aries  would  produce  the  5th  degree  of  Taurus,  the  sun's  place  on 
the  17th  April.  But,  if  that  were  Chaucer's  meaning,  what  are  we 
to  think  when  we  come  to  The  Squire's  Tale,  and  find  there  an 
almost  exact  repetition  of  the  same  phrase — "  the  yonge  sonne 
that  in  the  Earn  was  foure  degrees  y-ronne  ?"  By  parity,  these 
four  degrees  should  be  advanced  to  twenty-four.  But  twenty-four 
degrees  in  Aries  would  be  the  sun's  place  for  the  sixth  of  April, 
whereas  Chaucer  declares  it  is  the  sixteenth  of  March  (that  is,  the 
day  succeeding  "the  last  idus  of  March").  Therefore  Mr.  Skeat's 
interpretation  would  impute  to  Chaucer  that  by  the  same  form  of 
words  he  means  a  constellation  in  one  place  and  a  sign  in  the 
other,  with  a  difference  between  the  two  meanings  of  twenty 
degrees  of  longitude  ! 

Mr.  Skeat  makes  no  attempt  to  show  by  any  authority  other 
than  "  a  glance  at  a  modern  celestial  globe"  what  would  have  been 
Chaucer's  estimate  of  the  constellation  Aries  ? — where  he  would 
place  its  beginning,  where  its  middle, — or  where  its  termination  ? 
The  only  allusion,  I  believe,  in  Chaucer's  works  to  precessional 
separation,  is  the  passage  in  the  Frankelein's  Tale  quoted  by  me 
in  1851  :— 

"  He  knewe  ful  wel  how  ferre  Alnath  was  shove 
Fro  the  bed  of  thilke  fixe  Aries  above." 

and  if  any  conclusion  can  be  drawn  from  this,  it  is  that  he  consi 
dered  the  star  «  Arietis  to  be  the  beginning  of  the  constellation  : 
therein  differing  from  Ptolemy  who  almost  excluded  Alnath  by 
ranking  it  with  the  outsiders.  It  is  needless  to  say  that  Alnath 
is  not  the  star  with  which  the  constellation  begins  upon  "a 
modern  celestial  globe? 

The  overlap  of  half  a  sign  into  each  month,  and  reciprocally  of 
half  a  month  into  each  sign,  which  Was  my  interpretation  of  the 


THE   "HALFE  COTJRS  "  IN   THE   RAM.  83 

term  "halfe  cours,"  had  no  doubt  become,  in  Chaucer's  time,  a 
conventional  association  arising  from  the  still  surviving  habit  of 
regarding  the  beginning  of  each  sign  as  coincident  with  the  middle 
of  each  month.  It  is  so  placed  in  the  Treatise  on  the  Chilindre 
translated  and  published  by  Mr.  Brock ;  and  it  is  so  placed  by 
Sacro  Bosco,  an  English  astronomer  of  the  13th  Century,  who  wrote 
a  small  treatise  "  De  Anni  Ratione"  in  the  year  1244  : — 

"  Si  in  quo  gradu  cujuslibet  signi  sit  Sol  scire  volueris,  numero  dierum  men- 
sis  prseteritorum  adde  15,  et  si  resultent  30,  yel  minor  numerus,  in  tali  gradu 
signi  ad  mensem  pertinentis  est  Sol,"  &c. 

Now  even  this  expression  "  ad  mensem  pertinentis"  throws  some 
light  upon  Chaucer's  choosing  to  refer  the  sun's  place  in  April  to 
his  completed  passage  through  Aries  rather  than  to  his  absolute 
presence  in  Taurus.  Each  sign  was  supposed  to  belong  to  that 
month  in  which  it  ended.  Or  as  Sacro  Bosco  expresses  it — 

"  Nam  signum  detur  mensi  quern  fine  meretur." 

I  confess  I  cannot  imagine  a  plainer  or  more  completely  satisfying 
explanation  of  the  "  halfe  cours"  in  the  Ram,  than  the  overlap 
into  April  of  the  half  sign  Aries  ;  through  which  it  is  said — (a  few 
days  after  the  middle  of  that  month) — the  sun  hath  yronne. 

So  obviously  true  does  that  interpretation  appear  to  me,  that  I 
think  it  superfluous  at  present  to  support  it  by  the  further 
argument  that  Chaucer  did  not  recognize  the  zodiacal  constellations 
at  all  as  apart  from  the  signs.  I  shall,  however,  in  another  note, 
recur  to  that  position  ;  which,  of  itself,  would  be  sufficient  to  refute 
Mr.  Skeat's  interpretation. 

And  although  I  have  assumed,  for  the  sake  of  argument,  that 
Chaucer  would  consider  Alnath  to  be  the  initial  star  of  the  constel 
lation  Aries,  yet  I  am  convinced  that  he  was  not  alluding  to  the 
constellation,  in  the  passage  quoted  from  the  Frankelein's  Tale,  but 
only  to  the  individual  star,  as  indicating  by  its  removal  from  the 
equinoctial  point  the  extent  of  precession.  (On  this  subject  see 
Introduction  p.  3  4.) 

It  may  be  seen  above,  that  in  the  same  communication  wherein 
I  originally  exposed  the  error  of  Tyrwhitt's  "  Bull,"  I  pointed  out. 
another  error,  the  misreading,  in  the  standing  text  of  the  Canterbury 
Tales  (10007),  of  Juil  for  Juin — on  the  ground  that  the  sun  could  not 
be  "in  Geminis"  on  the  8th  of  July  in  Chaucer's  time.  By  a  singular 
coincidence  Mr.  Skeat  also  supplemented  his  communication  on  the 
same  subject  by  a  similar  reference  to  the  same  line  in  The  Mar- 
chaunt's  Tale.  He,  however,  would  defend  the  error  by  asserting 
that  the  sun,  though  not  in  the  sign,  "would  be  in  the  constellation 


84  THE  ZODIACAL  SIGNS. 

Gemini — as  so  expressly  stated  by  our  poet."  In  this  Mr.  Skeat  is 
unfortunately  not  correct.  For  the  sun  now  leaves  the  constellation 
Gemini,  as  shown  by  "  a  modern  celestial  globe,"  on  the  17th  of 
July  ;  which,  when  decreased  by  14  (according  to  Mr.  Skeat's  own 
method  of  reduction  to  Chaucer's  time),  would  result  in  the  3rd  of 
July ;  several  days  before  the  day  named  in  the  present  text  of 
The  Marchaunt's  Tale. 


NOTE   B. 

"  In  alluding  to  the  zodiac  he  always  refers  to 
the  signs,  never  to  the  constellations." — [p.  76.] 

I  intimated  in  the  preceding  note  that  I  should  recur  to  this 
assertion  with  the  truth  of  which  I  am  still,  in  1869,  perfectly 
satisfied.  In  fact  the  ignoring  of  the  old  misplaced  and  unequal 
constellations,  in  order  that  the  names,  fables,  and  attributes  which 
had  been  associated  with  them  in  relation  to  the  zodiac  might  be 
transferred  to  the  equal  divisions  of  the  ecliptic  called  signs,  seems 
to  have  become  the  practice  long  before  Chaucer.  And  a  much 
wiser  and  more  sensible  practice  it  was  than  the  confusing  double 
identities  of  signs  and  constellations  which  were  reverted  to  in 
later  times — solely,  perhaps,  to  take  advantage  of  the  convenience 
presented  by  Ptolemy's  constellations  in  classifying  and  cataloguing 
the  fixed  stars  and  comparing  their  positions  with  those  assigned 
to  them  by  him.  Sacro  Bosco  describes  the  zodiac  almost  in  the 
same  words  afterwards  used  by  Chaucer  (supra  p.  30). 
"  Zodiacus  a  £0017,  quod  est  vita,  quia  secundum  motum  planetarum  sub  illo 
est  omnis  vita  in  rebus  inferioribus  :  vel  dicitur  a  £wSioi>,  quod  est  animal, 
quia  cum  dividatur  in  duodecim  partes  eequales  quselibet  pars  appellatur 
signum,  et  nomen  habet  speciale  a  nomine  alicujus  animalis,  propter  proprie- 
tatem  aliquam  convenientem  tain  ipsi  quam  animali  :  vel  propter  disposi- 
tionem  stellarum  fixarum  in  illis  partibus  adinodumhujusmodi  animalium." — 

This  description  clearly  ignores  any  groups  of  zodiacal  stars 
other  than  those  in  the  signs. 

The  fictions  of  animal  configuration  were  originally  typical  of 
the  seasons  ;  and  when  in  course  of  time,  the  seasons  had  moved 
away  amongst  the  stars,  it  would  doubtless  appear  only  reasonable 
that  those  animal  identities  should  move  away  with  them  and 
become  associated  with  new  stars.  What  else  could  Sacro  Bosco 
mean  by  explaining  the  animal  nomenclature  of  the  signs  by 
"  propter  dispositionem  stdlarum  in  illis  partibus" — i.e.,  in  the  duo 
decim  partes  ccquales  he  had  just  described,  and  of  which  he  says— 


THE  ZODIACAL  SIGNS.  85 

"  qucdibet  pars  appellatur  signum  ?"  And  what  else  could  Chaucer 
mean  when,  in  like  manner  explaining  why  the  signs  should  have 
names  of  lestes,  he  repeats  the  same  description  almost  verbatim— 
"  or  else  for  that  the  stars  that  there  ben  face  ben  disposed  in  figure 
of  bestes  or  schape  like  bestes"  ?  This  assigning  of  groups  of  stars 
to  the  signs  is  wholly  incompatible  with  any  idea  of  other  groups 
of  stars  as  constellations. 

In  the  Teseide  of  Boccaccio,  from  which  Chaucer  took  so  much 
of  his  Knight's  Tale,  the  following  stanzas  very  aptly  exemplify 
the  entire  transfer  of  the  animal  identity  from  the  constellation  to 
the  sign : — 

Febo  salendo  cogli  suoi  cavalli, 
Dal  ciel  teneva  1'umile  animale 
Che  Europa  porto*  sanza  intervalli 
La  dove  il  nome  suo  dimora  avale  ; 
E  con  lui  insieme  graziosi  stalli 
Venus  facea  de'  passi  con  che  sale 
Perch6  luceva  il  cielo  tutto  quanto  : 
E  Ammon  con  Pesce  dimora va  intanto. 

Da  questa  lieta  vista  delle  stelle 
Prendie  la  terra  graziosi  effetti, — 

Libro  terzo  5.  6. 

Here  the  sign  Taurus  is  not  only  an  animal,  but  the  very  "umile 
animale"  that  bore  off  the  daughter  of  Agenor,  she  : — 

"  That  made  great  Jove  to  humble  him  to  her  hand 
When  with  his  knees  he  kist  the  Cretan  strand ." 

[  It  is  worthy  of  note  that  Shakespeare  and  Boccaccio  should  both  use  the 
same  expression  humble  :  But  surely  Shakespeare  must  have  written 
Tyrian  and  not  Cretan  strand.  When  Jove  landed  in  Crete  he  was  no 
longer  humble.] 

Boccaccio's  description  is  astrological.  The  Sun  and  Venus  in 
conjunction  in  Taurus,  and  Jupiter  sextile  in  Pisces  :  constituting 
the  lieta  vista,  or  happy  aspect  of  the  stars.  This  proves  that  it  is 
the  sign  is  referred  to  and  not  the  constellation,  since  Astrology 
deals  only  with  the  signs.  And  if  further  proof  were  needful  it 
would  be  found  in  the  allusion  to  the  graziosi  stalli,  or  fair  halls  of 
Venus,  her  mansion  being  the  sign  Taurus. 

Chaucer  has  a  somewhat  similar  allusion  to  the  signTaurus  as  the 
Cretan  Bull,  in  the  Prologue  to  his  "  Legende  of  Goode  Women ;" 
where,  on  the  "  firste  morwe  of  May  "  he  speaks  of  the  sun — 

"  That  in  the  brest  was  of  the  beste  that  day 
That  Agenores  doghtre  ladde  away."— 113-14. 


86  THE  ZODIACAL  SIGNS. 

By  the  breast  of  Taurus  he  could  not  mean  the  star  so  called  by 
Ptolemy,  which  would  be  four  or  five  degrees  in  advance  of  the 
sun's  place  on  the  1st  of  May.  He  probably  meant  it  as  a  general 
term  for  the  Pleiades,  the  cosmical  rising  of  which  was  of  old 
the  harbinger  of  summer — since  the  advent  of  summer  is  his 
theme : — 

"  Welcome  seiner  oure  governour  and  lorde." — 170. 
Again,  in  Chaucer's  poem,  "The  Complaynt  of  Mars  and  Venus," 
he  allegorically  describes  a  conjunction  of  the  Sun  with  Venus  and 
Mars,  in  Taurus.  Venus  had  made  an  assignation  with  Mars  in 
her  "nexte  paleys  " — i.e.,  the  sign  Taurus,  as  mentioned  above. 
Her  chamber  "  depeynted  was  with  white  boles  grete," — emble 
matic  of  Taurus — in  which,  as  in  the  old  fable,  the  Sun  surprises  her 
with  Mars,  by  entering  into  Taurus — "  tJiys  twelve  dayes  of  Avrille  " 
— a  date  that  of  itself  is  sufficient  to  prove  that  it  is  the  sign  Taurus 
is  alluded  to.  The  adjoining  sign  to  Taurus  is  Gemini,  and  Gemini 
is  a  mansion  of  Mercury  just  as  Taurus  is  of  Venus.  It  is  needless 
to  say  that  Mercury  is  Cyllenius,  and  when  Phoebus  so  rudely 
bursts  into  Venus'  chamber  she  escapes  into  Mercury's  : 

"  Now  fleeth  Venus  into  Cyllenius  tour 
With  voide  cours,  for  fere  of  Phebus  lyght." 

Or,  as  Boccaccio  hath  it,  "  Perch  &  lucevail  cielo  tuttoquanto."  It 
was  by  the  unravelling  of  this  little  astronomical  allegory  that  I 
was  enabled  to  declare,  in  1851,  that  Cyllenius  is  the  proper  and 
obvious  reading  of  "  Ciclinius,"  an  unintelligible  name  with  which 
the  above  two  lines  are  always  printed — although  I  am  not  aware 
that  the  correction  has  been  as  yet  adopted  by  any  editor  of  Chau 
cer's  poetical  works. 


NOTE  C. 

"  Phebus  hath  left  the  angle  meridional 
And  yet  ascending  was  the  beste  real 
The  gentle  Lion."— Page  77. 

If  it  could  be  known  with  any  certainty  what  Chaucer  meant  by 
the  angle  meridional  in  this  place,  there  would  be  no  difficulty  in 
determining  at  what  time  the  sun  would  leave  it  on  any  given  day 
and  what  the  ascendant  would  be  at  that  moment. 

In  technical  astrology  the  angle  meridional  is  the  tenth  house,  the 


ANGLE  MERIDIONAL.  87 

beginning  of  which  is  that  point  of  the  ecliptic  then  on  the  meridian, 
as  Chaucer  himself  teaches  in  his  XXXIXth  problem  (ante,  page 
55).  If  this  were  the  meaning  of  the  expression  in  the  present 
instance  the  sun  would  have  left  the  angle  meridional  the  moment 
he  had  passed  the  meridian  or  point  of  noon :  and  the  coincident 
ascending  point  of  the  ecliptic  (on  the  15th  March,  in  Chaucer's 
time,  and  with  his  latitude  and  obliquity)  would  be  almost  exactly 
in  the  beginning  of  the  sign  Leo. 

But  this  interpretation  is  open  to  two  objections  : — 
First,  the  words  "yet  ascending  was  the  beste  reale,"  would 
imply  that  the  sign  Leo  had  been  already  ascending  for  some  inde 
finite  time :  and  if  "  yet  ascending  "  is  a  true  reading,  it  is  not  easy 
to  see  how  any  other  meaning  than  previous  continuance  can  be 
given  to  it. 

Second,  twelve  o'clock  at  noon  seems  too  early  in  the  day  for  a 
royal  birth-day  banquet  to  be  concluded  ;  especially  one  so  elabo 
rately  prepared  as  King  Cambuscan's — 

Of  which  if  I  shal  tellen  al  the  array 
Than  wold  it  occupye  a  soiners  day. 

A  feast  of  many  courses — unusually  prolonged  by  the  interlude  of 
the  knight  on  the  brazen  horse — who  had  his  speech  to  recite,  his 
offerings  to  present,  and  his  toilette  to  make  ere  he  could  join  the 
banquet,  which  was  not  finally  concluded  'till  the  king  "  rose  from 
the  bord." 

All  this  seems  inconsistent  with  noon.  For  assuming  that  the 
ordinary  dinner  time  was  at  prime,  which  I  shall  elsewhere  show 
to  be  nine  o'clock  A.M.,  set-feasts  of  even  minor  ceremony  were 
generally  later.  As,rfor  example,  that  family  entertainment  to 
which  Creseide  was  entrapped  by  Pandarus,  which,  without  any 
assigned  reason 

"  the  faire  Queen  Heleine 

Shope  her  to  ben  an  hour  after  the  pryme." — T.  0.  ii.,  1557. 

It  was  the  consideration  of  these  two  objections  that  induced 
me,  in  1851,  to  adopt  two  o'clock  P.M.,  when  Regulus  was  on  the 
horizon,  as  the  break  up  of  King  Cambuscan's  feast.  And  I  should 
still  hold  to  that  opinion  if  it  were  in  my  power  to  justify  by  any 
technical  reference  the  explanation  I  then  gave  of  Angle  Meri 
dional. 

But,  as  I  cannot  do  that,  I  am  free  to  acknowledge  that  the  twelve 
o'clock  hypothesis,  based  upon  the  absolute  astrological  meaning  of 


88  ANGLE  MERIDIONAL. 

angle  meridional,  now  appears  to  me  to  be  the  unavoidable  inter 
pretation.  And  I  am  the  more  inclined  to  believe  it  to  be  the  true 
one  from  finding  a  star  in  the  ascendant  quite  as  favourably 
situated  for  twelve  o'clock  as  Eegulus  was  for  two. 

That  star  is  the  southern  Asellus  (8  Cancri)  which,  like  Eegulus, 
was  and  is  almost  on  the  line  of  the  ecliptic,  and  it  would  rise  with 
the  first  degree  of  the  sign  Leo  at  two  or  three  minutes  past 
noon  on  the  day  in  question,  the  15th  of  March  about  the  year 
1390. 

The  only  way  at  present  in  which  I  can  reconcile  this  star  with 
the  name  Aldryan,  which  purports  to  be  the  name  given  by  Chau 
cer  as  that  of  the  coincident  ascendant,  is  by  supposing  that 
Aldryan  may  possibly  be  a  substitution  for  Hamaran,  which  is  the 
Arabic  name  of  8  Cancri,  and  which  would  rhyme  equally  well  with 
Cainbuscan. 


NOTE  D. 

"  Perhaps  some  Arabic  scholar,"  &c. — Page  79. 

I  am  not  aware  that  this  invitation  was  ever  responded  to  :  but  I 
have  myself  examined  "  Hyde's  commentary  on  Ulugh  Beigh,"  and 
therein  I  found  the  star  8  Virginis  with  the  Arabic  name  "  min  al 
away  "  attached  to  it,  and  translated  by  Dr.  Hyde,  "  De  latratore 
seu  vociferatore,"  min  being  represented  by  the  preposition  de, 
which  is  no  doubt  its  obvious  and  literal  meaning.  Nevertheless, 
being  still  convinced  that  some  more  significant  explanation  might 
be  discovered,  and  observing  that  the  same  prefix  min  was  also 
applied  to  four  or  five  other  stars,  all  of  which  are  mansions  of 
the  moon,  and  to  no  others ;  I  suspected  that  min  must  in  some 
way  have  been  a  form  or  abbreviation  of  the  Arabic  Menzil, 
mansio  Lunce.  And  this  opinion  was  strengthened  by  finding  in 
Fretagh's  Arabic  Lexicon,  iv.  214,  "  Mina,  ex  licentia  poetica  pro 
Manazil,  mansiones" 

No  doubt  this  is  a  plural  where  we  want  a  singular, — but  I 
think  it  gives  sufficient  authority  to  assume  that  there  might 
also  have  been  an  abbreviation  of  the  singular  menzil.  At  all 
events,  there  is  another  word  Mina,  the  signification  of  which  is 
a  port  or  harbour  for  ships,  a  meaning  not  altogether  remote  from 
"  a  station  or  stage  in  a  journey."  And  when  the  changes  of 
signification  that  occur  in  course  of  time  in  all  living  languages 


THE   STAR   MIN-AL-AUWA.  89 

are  taken  into  account,  the  absence  in  modern  lexicons  of  the 
precise  definition  of  mina  required  for  this  reading  is  no  very 
conclusive  reason  against  it. 

If  such  an  explanation  be  admitted  for  "  min  al  away"  the 
passage  in  Chaucer  might  be  read  in  this  way : — 

"  then  with  the  mone's  exaltation 

In  min  al  auway  Libra  gan  ascend  ;" 

that  is,  coincident  with  the  moon's  rising  in  her  mansion  al  away, 
Libra  gan  ascend :  being  virtually  the  same  position  as  that  laid 
down  by  me  in  1.851,  although  explained  on  different,  and,  I  think, 
on  better  ground. 

Sir  William  Jones  (Works,  voL  i.,  346)  has  the  following : — 

"  Menzil,  or  the  place  of  alighting,  properly  signifies  a  station  or  stage,  and 
hence  is  used  for  an  ordinary  day's  journey  ;  and  that  idea  seems  better  applied 
than  mansion  to  so  incessant  a  traveller  as  the  Moon  ;  the  menazilu'l  kamar, 
or  lunar  stages  of  the  Arabs,  have  twenty-eight  names  in  the  following  order, 
the  particle  al  being  understood  before  every  word." 

It  is  unnecessary  to  follow  Sir  William  Jones  through  the  whole 
list  of  twenty-eight  mansions ;  it  is  sufficient  to  observe  that 
amongst  them  are  : — 

2nd  Butain,  «  Arietis,  called  Min  Butain 

llth  Zubrah,  6  Leonis,  „      Min  al  Zubra 

13th  Awwa,  8  Virginis  „      Min  al  Auwa 

20th  Naiim,  y  Sagittarii  „     Min  al  Naiim 

22nd  Dhabili,  (3  Capricornis,       „      Min  al  Dabih 

Now  the  frequent  recurrence  of  this  same  prefix  Min  to  so  many 
of  the  manazil  is  surely  a  presumptive  proof  that  it  was  a  name 
special  to  that  designation.  If  it  simply  signified  the  preposition 
of,  it  would  have  been  applied  to  other  stars  or  constellations  in 
the  firmament  as  well  as  to  these. 

And  that  Chaucer  was  well  acquainted  with  these  mansions 
sufficiently  appears  in  The  Frankelein's  Tale,  where  the  Astrologer's 
book 

" spoke  moche  of  operacions 

Touching  the  eight  and  twentie  mansions 
That  longen  to  the  Mone." 


90 


ON  THE  MEANING  OF  CHAUCEE'S  PEIME. 


The  various  allusions  in  Chaucer's  works  to  prime  as  a  certain 
time  in  the  day  are  apparently  so  contradictory,  that  it  seems 
impossible  to  assign  any  single  hour  that  shall  satisfy  them  all 
I  am  inclined  to  believe  that  in  the  common  phraseology  of  the 
time  there  were  at  least  two  different  periods  of  the  day  called 
prime — one  in  the  forenoon,  and  another  in  the  afternoon — and 
that  both  were  considerably  later  in  the  day  than  the  time  usually 
attributed  to  prime  in  supposed  conformity  with  canonical  regula 
tion.  I  do  not  pretend  to  assert  that  an  earlier  prime  may  not 
have  been  intended  by  Chaucer  in  any  of  the  passages  wherein  it 
is  mentioned :  what  I  wish  to  say  is,  that  I  have  met  with  none 
that  may  not  equally  well  be  reconciled  with  one  or  other  of  the 
primes  I  am  about  to  assume. 

What  are  called  "  canonical  hours  "  are  in  themselves  extremely 
vague  and  uncertain,  often  varying  with  the  rules  of  the  different 
religious  orders.  Some  authorities  declare  that  prime  was  at 
absolute  sunrise ;  others  at  conventional  sunrise,  which  was  six 
o'clock  all  the  year  round  ;  and  others,  again,  at  seven  o'clock 
a.m.,  when  the  first  hour  was  noted ;  for  it  seems  a  reasonable 
deduction  that  where  noon  was  sexta,  five  hours  before  noon  should 
be  prima. 

John  de  Belethus,  who  wrote  on  ritual  observance  about  the 
end  of  the  twelfth  century,  in  his  chapter,  "  Cur  septies  in  die 
laudemus  Dominum,"  likens  the  seven  canonical  hours  of  the  day 
to  the  seven  ages  of  human  life :  and  it  is  to  the  second  age 
(Shakespeare's  school-boy)  that  he  assigns  prime : 

"  Per  matutinas  laudes  representatur  infantia :  per  primam  pueritia  :  per 
tertiam  adolocentia :  per  sextam  juventus :  per  nonam  setas  virilis :  per 
vesperas  senectus  :  per  completorium  setas  decrepita  ac  finis  hmnanse  vitee." 

But  the    same  writer  in  his  next  chapter  apportions  the  twelve 
ordinary  hours  as  follows  : — 

"  Sub  prima  horas  dims  complectimur  ipsam  videlicet  primam  et  secundam ; 
sub  tertia  tres,  ipsam  tertiam  et  quartam  et  quintain  :  sub  sexta  itidem  tres 
ipsam  sextam  septimam  et  octavam  :  vesperse  representant  undecimam  :  com 
pletorium  duodecimam." 

Here  are  all  the  twelve  hours  accounted  for,  but  only  six  out  of 
the  seven  canonical  divisions  before  enumerated.     In  appearance, 


ON   THE   MEANING   OF   CHAUCER'S   PRIME.  91 

nothing  can  be  more  distinct  and  specific,  but  in  reality  nothing 
can  be  more  ambiguous.  Where  is  infantia  ?  did  it  precede  sun 
rise,  the  birth  of  the  day,  or  did  decrepitude  not  begin  until  after 
dissolution  at  sunset  ?  At  which  end  of  the  day  was  the  overlap  ? 
Were  the  several  points  of  time,  tertia,  sexta,  nona,  &c.,  initial  or 
terminal  to  the  hour  spaces  of  the  same  names  ?  Did  the  three-hour 
division,  comprising  sexta,  septima,  and  octava,  begin  at  noon  or 
at  some  time  previous  to  noon  ?  These  are  some  of  the  difficulties 
that  beset  the  subject  of  canonical  hours,  and  render  them  so 
indeterminate.  Much  of  the  uncertainty  is  caused  by  the  use  of 
Latin  ordinal  numbers  in  a  cardinal  sense, which  must  always  tend 
to  ambiguity  when  the  arbitrary  meanings  conventionally  attaching 
to  them  have  become  lost  or  forgotten.  It  is  the  fate  of  the  horary 
reckoning  of  the  Romans  themselves,  leaving  the  true  interpretation 
of  Martial's  distribution  of  hours  and  employments  ever  open  to 
dispute. 

It  is  fortunate  that  the  meaning  of  Chaucer's  prime  may  be 
determined  without  reference  to  the  uncertain  prime  of  the  canoni 
cal  hours.  But  before  entering  into  its  discussion  it  is  necessary  to 
eliminate  the  very  erroneous  notion  recently  introduced  (see  notes 
to  the  Preface  of  Mr.  Brock's  translated  "  Treatise  on  the  Chilindre" 
and  to  page  19  of  Mr.  Furnivall's  "  Temporary  Preface")  that 
planetary,  or  unequal,  hours  were  employed  by  Chaucer  in  his 
estimation  of  prime. 

That  he  thoroughly  understood  such  hours  in  theory  is  most 
certain, — as  is  shown  in  the  way  he  introduces  them  into  his  story 
of  Palamon  and  Arcite,  as  well  as  in  the  explanation  he  gives  of 
them  in  the  Xlth  and  Xlllth  Conclusions  of  his  Astrolabe, — 
but  it  is  equally  certain  that  he  neither  practised  them  in  ordinary 
life  himself,  nor  attributed  their  practice  to  any  time  coeval  with 
his  own. 

If  ever  he  would  do  so  it  would  most  assuredly  be  in  the 
Nun's  Priest's  Tale  in  the  natural  announcement  of  hours  by 
Chanticleer,  who  knew  the  time  "  by  kinde  and  by  none  other 
lore."  But,  so  far  from  doing  so,  he  indicates  the  contrary,  not  only 
by  direct  assertion,  but  by  throwing  in,  with  his  usual  love  of 
collateral  corroboration,  a  little  scientific  fact  which  places  his 
intention  beyond  all  possibility  of  cavil : — 

"  Wei  sikerer  was  his  crowyng  in  his  logge 
Than  is  a  clok,  or  an  abbay  orologge, 


92  ON   THE  MEANING  OF  CHAUCER'S  PEIME, 

By  nature  knew  he  ech  ascencioun 

Of  equinoxial  in  thilke  toun  ; 

For  whan  degrees  fyftene  were  ascendid 

Thenne  crewe  he,  it  might  not  be  amendid." 

It  is  not  so  much  the  mention  of  clock  or  orologe  in  these 
lines,  although  that  is  significant  enough,  as  the  assigning  to  each 
hour  fifteen  degrees  of  the  equinoctial  that  is  so  absolutely 
decisive  of  equal  hours. 

It  is  doubtful  whether  Chaucer  would  have  so  well  understood 
even  the  theory  of  unequal  hours  if  he  had  not  made  them  an 
object  of  special  study  for  the  purpose  of  his  Knight's  Tale,  into 
which  the  introduction  of  these  hours  was  all  his  own,  there 
being  no  allusion  to  them  in  Boccaccio's  Teseide :  for  so  com 
pletely  were  those  hours  forgotten  long  before  his  time  that  John 
Holywood  (J.  de  Sacro  Bosco),  who  was  a  regular  professor  of  the 
sciences  of  which  Chaucer  was  but  an  amateur,  gives  this  grossly 
absurd  mis-description  of  them  in  his  libellus  "  De  Anni  Eatione" 
written  in  1244  : — 

"  Hora  est  vigesima-quarta  pars  diei  naturalis.  Horarum  vero  alia  naturalis 
alia  sequinoctialis.  Naturalis  est  spacium  temporis  quo  medietas  signi  perori- 
tur.  jEquinoctialis  vero  est  15  graduum  circuli  sequinoctialis  supra  horizontem 
ascensio." 

That  is  to  say,  a  natural  or  unequal  hour  is  the  ascension  above  the 
horizon  of  15  degrees  of  the  ecliptic;  and  an  equal  hour  is  the 
ascension  of  15  degrees  of  the  equinoctial :  a  very  pretty  antithesis 
but  monstrously  untrue.  How  untrue,  is  best  seen  in  the  fact  that 
in  April,  when  "  houres  ineguall"  ought  to  be  long,  half  the  sign 
Taurus  would  ascend  in  little  more  than  half  an  ordinary  hour — 
while  in  October,  when  those  hours  ought  to  be  short,  half  the 
sign  Scorpio  would  be  nearly  three  times  as  long  in  ascending. 
Such  an  extraordinary  misdescription  shows  that  in  the  thirteenth 
century  "  houres  inequall"  had  become  so  obsolete  in  common 
life  that  their  nature  was  forgotten  and  misunderstood. 

It  may  be  said  that  Sacro  Bosco  in  so  describing  the  duration  of 
what  he  called  hora  naturalis  did  not  mean  the  hour  that  Chaucer 
calls  "  houre  inequall."  Be  it  so :  in  that  case  his  silence 
respecting  such  hours  is  quite  as  significant  and  proves  equally 
well  their  desuetude  in  his  time. 

Tyrwhitt,  with  all  his  blunders  of  astronomical  interpretation,* 

*  One  of  these  has  not,  I  think,  been  noticed.    In  the  Merchant's  Tale,  line 


ON  THE  MEANING   OF  CHAUCER'S  PRIME.  93 

did  not  attribute  unequal  hours  to  Chaucer's  time ;  although  he 
understood  these  hours  well  and  fully  explained  them  in  two  of  the 
best  notes  in  his  whole  series.  Why  they  should  be  imputed  now 
is  not  very  apparent, — unless,  perhaps,  it  is  because  Mr.  Brock's 
ckilindre  is  constructed  for  a  twelve-hour  division  of  the  day.  But 
that  instrument  has  nothing  in  common  with  Chaucer  except  its 
name,  and  even  that  is  mentioned  by  him  only  in  metaphorical 
allusion,  as  I  shall  shew  hereafter. 

The  several  MS.  descriptions  of  the  chelindrus,  one  of  which  has 
been  so  well  printed  and  translated  by  Mr.  Brock,  were  probably 
copies,  with  slight  variations,  furnished  from  one  convent  to  ano 
ther,  for  the  purpose  of  teaching  the  construction  of  an  instrument 
to  regulate  their  religious  services. 

The  twelve-hour  division  of  the  day  was  long  held  in  religious 
veneration  on  account  of  its  supposed  inculcation  in  St.  John  xi.  9, 
with  reference  to  which  Venerable  Bede  writes : 

"  XII  horse  diem  complent,  Domine  attestante,  qui  ait,  nonne  duode- 

cim  horse,  etc.     Ubi  quamvis  allegoric^  Be  diem,  discipulos  horas,  appellave- 

ritr 

The  "  Abbey  Orologe  "  would  announce  equal  hours  to  the  external 

world,  but  for  religious  matters  some  special  guide  to  unequal 

hours  would  be  all  the  more  necessary  from  their  total  disuse  in 

ordinary  life. 

I  have  now,  I  trust,  cleared  away  the  encumbrance  of  unequal 
hours  from  the  discussion  of  Chaucer's  prime, — and  indeed  it  is  a 
matter  of  surprise  to  me  how  any  one  could  have  associated  them 
in  the  face  of  the  plain  declaration  in  The  Nun's  Priest's  Tale,  that 
prime  occurred  at  one  of  Chanticleer's  equinoctial  hours ; — in  the 
month  of  May,  too,  when  the  lengthening  of  unequal  hours  would 
occasion  a  sensible  difference  in  the  reckoning.  But  of  this  an 
nouncement  of  prime  by  Chanticleer  I  shall  have  occasion  to 
speak  hereafter. 

Of  the  two  primes,  mentioned  by  me  at  the  commencement,  I 
assume  that  the  first  was  at  nine  o'clock,  A.M.,  and  that  it  was  iden 
tical  in  time  with  what  the  Italians  called  terza.  Of  this  identity 

0761,  Tyrwhitt  altered  "two  of  taure"  into  "ten  of  taure,"  and  so  printed  it; 
explaining  in  a  note  to  that  line  that  he  did  so  because  the  motion  assigned  to 
the  moon  in  four  complete  days  exceeded  the  mean  motion  in  that  time  !  As 
if  Chaucer  was  necessarily  confined  to  the  mean  motion  :  or,  as  if  a  true  motion 
to  the  same  extent,  in  the  same  time,  as  that  stated  by  him,  were  not  to  be 
seen  in  every  almanac. 


94  ON  THE  MEANING   OF   CHAUCER'S  PRIME. 

the  definition  of  that  word  in  Florio's  Italian  Dictionary — "  Terza, 
the  third  in  order  :  also  the  hour  that  Priests  call  Prime." — is  one 
presumption.  Another  arises  from  Boccaccio,  in  his  Decameron, 
frequently  referring  to  Terza  the  same  incidents  that  Chaucer  refers 
to  Prime :  thus  terza  is  the  dinner-time  appointed  for  the  person 
ages  of  the  Decameron  just  as  prime  is  associated  with  dinner  by 
Chaucer.  Another  point  of  resemblance  is  that  the  true  time  of 
terza  seems  to  be  as  much  a  matter  of  uncertainty  with  the  Italians 
as  prime  is  with  us.  In  their  great  national  dictionary,  Delia 
Crusca,  it  is  presented  with  the  same  unsatisfactory  explanation — 
"  Una  dell'  ore  canoniche"  —word  for  word  the  explanation  of  prime 
by  our  own  dictionaries.  But  in  the  old  French  translation  of  the 
Decameron  by  Antoine  Le  Mason,  which  went  through  so  many 
editions  in  the  sixteenth  century,  terza  is  invariably  rendered 
'  neuf  heures" 

Mne  o'clock  in  the  morning  may  appear  to  us  now  a  strange 
hour  for  dinner ;  but  it  is  the  name  deceives  us,  for  although  cal 
led  dinner,  the  meal  was  in  truth  breakfast — breakfast  of  that  sub 
stantial  kind  "a  la  fourchette"  In  the  Promptorium  "  Dynner"  is 
defined  as  jeutaculum  as  well  as  prandium  ;  and  Du  Cange  tells  us 
(in  v.  dejejunare)  that  "  disner "  is  but  an  abbreviation  of  "  des- 
jeuner." 

Another  feature  of  identity  between  Boccaccio's  terza  and  Chau 
cer's  prime,  is  the  frequent  use  by  the  former  of  the  phrase  mezza 
terza,  which  appears  to  be  an  exact  counterpart  of  Chaucer's  "  half 
way  prime."  And  here  again  we  are  met  by  the  same  uncertainty 
of  meaning.  The  Delia  Crusca  entirely  ignores  the  phrase ;  and 
Le  Mason,  so  invariable  in  his  rendering  of  terza,  is  all  abroad  in 
respect  of  mezza  terza.  Under  the  same  circumstances  he  gives  it 
several  different  interpretations — "  Sur  les  sept  ou  huict  heures  " — 
"  Entre  six  et  sept  heures  " — "  Entre  sept  et  huict  heures," — &c. 
One  point,  however,  of  absolute  certainty  may  be  gathered  from 
Boccaccio's  context — that  mezza  terza  was  antecedent  to  terza  in 
time. 

Tyrwhitt,  in  his  note  upon  "  half-way  prime,"  suggests  that  it 
was  half-past  seven  o'clock,  in  which  he  was  probably  right ;  but 
then  he  supposed  prime  to  be  at  six  o'clock  A.M.,  and  consequently 
the  earlier.  He  cites  a  passage  from  the  "  Modus  tenendi  Parlia- 
mentum,"  in  which  it  is  stated  that  Parliament  was  to  assemble  on 
ordinary  days  at  "  hora  mediae  primse "  but  on  festivals  at  "  hora 
prima,"  on  account  of  divine  service,  Hence  Tyrwhitt  would  un- 


ON   THE  MEANING   OF   CHAUCEK'S  PRIME.  95 

derstand  that  Parliament  was  to  assemble  earlier  on  festival  days, 
whereas,  in  my  opinion,  the  obvious  meaning  of  the  rule  is  that 
the  sitting  was  to  be  postponed  on  festivals  until  after  divine  ser 
vice  :  which  it  would  be  if  prime  be  understood  as  nine  o'clock,  in 
complete  analogy  with  the  Italian  phrases. 

I  have  now  to  consider  Dan  Johan's  prime  in  "  The  Shipman's 
Tale,"  where  one  thing  at  least  is  certain,  that  he  associates  it  with 
"  dinner,"  that  is,  nine  o'clock,  A.M.  But  then  he  says  that  it  is 
prime  by  his  chilindre,  which  some  people  understand  as  the  result 
of  absolute  instrumental  observation  of  the  time  then  present.  But 
that  it  could  not  be ;  because  the  time  then  present  was  consider 
ably  earlier  than  dinner-time,  to  permit  of  its  preparation,  and  of 
the  intervening  celebration  of  mass.  It  is  therefore  infinitely  easier 
to  understand  the  mention  of  the  chilindre  as  purely  metaphorical. 
It  is  just  like  one  of  Chaucer's  humorous  touches  to  imagine  the 
monk  alluding  to  his  own  cylindrical  casing,  and  calling  it  his 
chilindre : 

"  let  us  dine  as  sone  as  ever  you  maye 

For  by  my  chilindre  it  is  pryme  of  daye." 

There  is  a  counterpart,  though  a  very  poor  one,  of  the  same  joke  in 
Middleton's  play  of  "  The  Changeling:"— 

"  What  hour  is  it,  Lollio  V 

"  Towards  belly-hour,  Sir." 

"  Dinner-time,  thou  meanst,  twelve  o'clock." 

That  the  metaphorical  interpretation  was  that  which  was  for 
merly  put  upon  Dan  Johan's  chilindre  is  obvious  from  the  substi 
tution  of  "  stomach  "  quoted  by  Mr.  Morris  as  "  the  reading  of  one 
MS." 

The  chilindre,  or  cylinder,  seems  to  have  been  a  very  common 
instrument  for  several  centuries  before  and  after  Chaucer's  time. 
There  is  an  engraving  of  one  almost  identical  with  the  figure  prefixed 
to  Mr.  Brock's  translation  (except  that  it  represents  an  instru 
ment  some  six  centuries  later  in  time  and  for  the  latitude  of 
Paris)  in  the  French  "  Encyclopedie  Methodique,"  where  it  is  entitled 
"  Cylindre  monte  et  pieces  qui  le  composent :"  and  in  the  de 
scription  of  the  same  instrument  by  Dom  Bedos  it  is  called 
"  Le  Cylindre  Portatif." 

It  is  evident,  therefore,  that  the  name  "  chelindius  "  was  not 
particularly  special  to  this  instrument,  but  merely  a  variation  in 
spelling.  In  the  words  quoted  by  Mr.  Brock  from  Skeffler — 
"  velut  est  umbra  stili  in  pariete  aut  chilindro  " — chilindrus  is  not 


96  ON   THE  MEANING   OF   CHAUCER'S  PKIME. 

more  special  than  paries — the  distinction  is  merely  between  the 
cylindrical  surface  of  a  pillar,  on  which  a  dial  was  often  drawn, 
and  a  flat  wall.  There  is  even  "  chelindrus  vide  cylindrus  "  in  Francis 
Holyoke's  Dictionary,  with  no  other  speciality  than  a  garden 
roller. 

Great  praise  is  undoubtedly  due  to  Mr.  Brock  for  having  by 
his  reprint  and  translation  of  the  Treatise  on  the  Chilindre 
brought  into  notice  such  a  capital  gloss  of  Dan  Johan's  expres 
sion;  but  in  no  other  sense  can  the  instrument  it  describes  be 
considered  as  specially  associated  with  Chaucer.  Its  construc 
tion  is  for  a  time  at  least  two  centuries  earlier  than  his — when 
the  beginning  of  each  sign  was  coincident  with  the  middle  of 
each  month.  And  yet  in  the  following  note  to  page  47  of  Mr. 
Brock's  translation,  that  very  peculiarity,  indicative  as  it  is  of 
the  age  of  the  instrument's  construction,  seems  to  be  imputed  to 
its  rudeness  and  imperfection ; — 

"  In  Chaucer's  time  Aries  rose  on  the  twelfth  of  March,  not  on  the  fifteenth, 
and  similarly  for  other  signs.  Hence  arises  an  inaccuracy  in  the  use  of  the 
cylinder." 

The  last  conclusion  is  not  very  clearly  expressed,  but  it  probably 
means  that  an  inaccuracy  would  arise  if  the  instrument  were  used 
in  Chaucer's  time.  Of  course  there  would — the  same  sort  of  inac 
curacy  that  would  arise  from  the  use,  this  year,  of  last  year's  alma 
nac.  But,  since  the  instrument  was  not  constructed  for  Chaucer's 
time  it  seems  scarcely  a  matter  for  remark  that  it  does  not  agree 
with  it.  In  another  note  on  the  last  page  an  erroneous  latitude  and 
obliquity  of  ecliptic  are  attributed  to  the  instrument,  and  that,  too, 
in  a  conjectural  sort  of  a  way,  as  if  any  doubt  ought  to  exist  as  to 
these  elements  when  they  are  so  very  plainly  indicated  in  the 
description.  The  solstitial  altitudes,  upper  and  lower,  being  given, 
half  their  sum  is  the  co-latitude  and  half  their  difference  is  the 
obliquity.  These  altitudes  are  61  °  34'  and  14°  26'  respectively, 
so  that  the  latitude  is  52  degrees,  and  the  obliquity  23° -34'  And  if 
this  were  not  a  sufficient  indication,  the  equinoctial  altitude  is  stated 
in  another  place  to  be  38  degrees,  equal,  of  course,  to  the  co-la 
titude. 

But  return  to  the  subject  of  prime.  Enough  has  been  probably 
said  respecting  the  forenoon  prime  at  nine  o'clock  A.M. :  and  as  to  that 
in  the  afternoon,  I  assume  that  it  was  at  one  P.M.  And  I  rest  this 
assumption, — 

Firstly,  upon  the  probability  that,  when  the  initial  of  horary 


ON  THE  MEANING  OF   CHAUCER'S  PRIME.  97 

notation  was  transferred  from  sunrise  to  noon,  the  term  prime  would 
from  analogy  be  transferred  with  it ;  or,  in  other  words,  that  where 
hour  one  was  reckoned  prima  would  be  considered  applicable. 

Secondly,  upon  the  excellent  interpretation  which  the  supposi 
tion  of  prime  at  one  P.M.  confers  upon  two  passages  of  Chaucer's 
text  that  cannot  otherwise  be  so  well  explained.  The  first  is  that 
passage  in  Troilus  and  Creseide.  Book  v.,  472  : — 

"  The  letters  eek  which  she  in  olde  time 
Had  him  y-sent,  he  would  alone  rede 
An  hundred  sithe  atwixe  noon  and  prime." 

The  inconsolable  Troilus — 

"  When  he  was  ther  as  no  man  might  him  here," 

is  bemoaning  in  secret  the  loss  of  his  mistress :  but  he  is  visiting 
amongst  strangers  in  Sarpedon's  house :  what  better  time,  then, 
could  he  choose  to  read  over  her  old  letters  alone,  than  the  hour  of 
noon- tide  siesta  between  twelve  and  one  ? 

The  second  is  that  passage  in  The  Squiere's  Tale  where  the 
narrator  exclaims — at  a  time  which  must  have  been  in  the  after 
noon — 

"  I  wol  not  tarien  you  for  it  is  prime." 

I  am  aware  that  this  line  has  been  otherwise  explained  by  the 
assumption  that  the  journey  to  Canterbury  could  not  have  been 
performed  by  the  pilgrims  in  a  single  day,  and  that  The  Squiere's 
Tale  might  be  related  at  an  early  hour  of  some  other  day.  But  to 
that  hypothesis  I  cannot  subscribe.  Not  only  I  disbelieve  that  such 
important  incidents  as  haltings  at  nights,  and  assemblings  in  the 
mornings,  could  have  been  intended  by  the  author,  and  yet  not  the 
slightest  allusion  be  made  to  them ;  but  I  should  esteem  any 
attempt  to  test,  by  serious  investigation  on  the  mere  score  of 
distance,  the  practical  possibility  of  performing  the  pilgrimage  to 
Canterbury  in  one  day,  or  in  two,  or  in  three,  to  be  about  as  wise 
as  a  similar  inquiry  would  be  into  the  stages  made  by  Imogen  in 
her  ride  to  Milford  Haven— and  about  as  likely  to  lead  to  a 
satisfactoiy  determination. 

I  have  said  that  I  am  not  aware  of  any  mention  of  prime  by 
Chaucer  that  may  not  be  referred  to  one  or  other  of  those  I  have 
assumed.  There  is,  however,  one  mention  of  it  in  The  Nun's 
Priest's  Tale  to  which  I  have  before  alluded,  and  which  it  is 
more  especially  necessary  to  discuss,  because,  although  at  first  sight 
it  seems  to  require  an  earlier  hour  than  nine  o'clock  A.M.,  it  turns 

K 


98  ON   THE   MEANING   OF   CHAUCER'S   PRIME. 

out,  when  properly  investigated,  to  be  the  strongest  possible  cor 
roborative  of  that  hour — and  because  it  tends  to  settle  an  un 
certain  text  by  showing  the  incorrectness  of  a  reading  first  intro 
duced  by  TJrry,  continued  by  Tyrwhitt,  and  repeated  by  every 
modern  editor  of  the  Canterbury  Tales  in  preference  to  one  which, 
though  rejected  by  Twyrwhitt  himself,  was  declared  by  him  to  be 
"  the  reading  of  the  greatest  part  of  the  MSS."  The  month  and 
day  on  which  Chanticleer's  catastrophe  befell  is  of  no  further  im 
portance  at  present  than  as  corroborating  the  longitude  of  the  sun 
in  Taurus;  which  is,  say,  21J  degrees,  equivalent  to  18  J  degrees  of 
North  Declination.  And  with  that  declination,  what  we  are  con 
cerned  with  is  the  altitude  of  the  sun,  as  indicating  the  hour  of 
.prime,  assuming  the  latitude  to  be  that  of  Chaucer's  Astrolabe. 

This  altitude,  as  printed  in  the  editions  of  Urry,  Tyrwhitt, 
Wright,  and  Morris,  is  : — 

"  Twenty  degrees  and  oon  and  more  i-wis," 
and  to  this  line  Tyrwhitt  appends  the  following  note — 

"  The  reading  of  the  greatest  part  of  the  MSS.,  is  fourty  degrees.  But  this 
is  evidently  wrong ;  for  Chaucer  is  speaking  of  the  altitude  of  the  sun  at,  or 
about,  prime— i.e.  six.  o'clock  A.M.  See  ver.  15203.  When  the  sun  is  in  22° 
of  Taurus,  he  is  21°  high  about  three-quarters  after  six  A.M." 

Here  one  scarcely  knows  which  to  admire  most — that  Tyrwhitt 
should  consider  three-quarters  of  an  hour  a  sufficiently  near  ap 
proach  for  Chaucer  to  make  to  an  intended  astronomical  position — 
or  that  he  (Tyrwhitt)  should  assume  "  six  o'clock  A.M."  for  prime 
when  seven  would  have  been  so  much  nearer  to  the  result  of  his 
own  calculation ! 

But  neither  six  o'clock,  nor  seven — neither  three-quarters,  nor 
one  quarter  of  an  hour — will  satisfy  those  who  will  follow  and  are 
capable  of  understanding  the  precision  with  which  Chaucer  has 
determined  similar  problems  in  the  IVth  Conclusion  of  his  Treatise 
on  the  Astrolabe. 

In  the  present  case  the  latitude  and  obliquity  of  Chaucer's  instru 
ment  being  known,  the  sun's  place  in  the  ecliptic,  together  with 
his  altitude,  are  given  to  find  the  hour  of  prime :  the  sun's  place 
being  further  confirmed  by  the  mention  of  the  month  and  day. 

There  can  be  no  doubt  that  Chaucer  intended,  by  all  these  pre 
cise  elements,  to  make  a  little  display  of  his  astronomical  know 
ledge  ;  and,  therefore,  when  there  is  a  choice  of  reading,  it  is  clearly 
due  to  his  text  that  preference  should  be  given  to  that  reading 


ON   THE  MEANING   OF  CHAUCER'S   PRIME.  99 

from  which  the  nearest  approximation  may  be  obtained  to  the  same 
degree  of  correctness  he  has  shown  elsewhere.  It  was  this  consi 
deration  that  induced  me  to  examine  the  result  of  a  calculation  at 
the  higher  altitude  of  the  alternate  reading — 

"  Fourty  degrees  and  oon,  and  more  i-wis," 

and  I  had  the  satisfaction  to  find  a  resulting  hour  for  prime  of 
nine  o'clock  A.M.  almost  to  the  minute. 

After  this,  there  surely  can  be  no  reasonable  doubt  that  "  fourty," 
and  not  "  twenty,"  is,  on  its  own  merits,  the  true  reading  of  the  first 
word  in  this  line ;  even  if  it  were  not  corroborated  by  Tyrwhitt's 
acknowledgment  that  it  is  "  the  reading  of  the  greatest  part  of  the 
MSS. :"  and  even  if  it  had  not  been  the  reading  of  all  the  printed 
editions  anterior  to  Urry's. 

The  false  reading  in  altitude  was  probably  introduced  by  echo 
from  the  line  above ;  or  by  the  officious  alteration  of  some  early 
scribe  who,  like  Tyrwhitt,  might  fancy  that,  at  prime,  the  snn  must 
necessarily  be  at  a  low  altitude,  as  if  the  line  — 

"  Cast  up  his  eyes  to  the  brighte  sonne," 

did  not,  of  itself,  bespeak  a  high  altitude. 

I  had  already 'written  these  remarks  before  I  became  aware  that 
the  reading  I  am  contending  for  had  been  strenuously  advocated 
by  Mr.  Thomas  Thynne,  son  of  the  first  editor  ef  the  collected 
works  of  Chaucer  in  1532,  and  him  self  the  possessor  of  many  MSS. 
His  "  Animadversions  upon  Chaucer's  Works  "  have  been  edited  by 
Dr.  Kingsley,  and  printed  by  the  Early  English  Text  Society,  in 
1865. 

Francis  Thynne  was  apparently  unconscious  of  the  powerful 
support  his  reading  would  receive  from  the  astronomical  position  of 
the  sun  in  connexion  with  prime.  But  it  must  be  observed  that  the 
object  of  his  correction  was  not  to  increase  the  altitude  but  to  decrease 
the  number  of  degrees  in  Taurus  which  then  stood  at  fourth-one  in 
all  editions  (his  father's  included)  anterior  to  his  "Animadversions," 
written  in  1599  :  for  it  is  a  singular  fact  that,  whereas  in  modern 
editions  both  quantities  are  printed  twenty-one,  in  Thynne's  time 
both  quantities  were  printed  fourty-one.  And  it  is  also  singular  that 
whereas  I  have  attributed  the  modern  repetition  to  "  echo  from  the 
quantity  above,"  Mr.  Thynne  should  have  attributed  the  repetition 
in  his  time  to  a  somewhat  similar  cause  : — 

"  But  although  there  be  no  niisnaminge  of  the  signe,  yet  yt  is  true  the 


100  ON   THE   MEANING   OF   CHAUCER'S   PKIME. 

degrees  of  the  signe  are  misreckoned  ;  the  error  whereof  grewe  because  the  de 
gree  of  the  signe  is  made  equall  with  the  degree  of  the  sonne  ascended  above 
the  Horizon." 

He  then  proceeds  : — 

"  But  to  remedye  all  this,  and  to  correct  .yt  accordinge  as  Chaucer  sett  yt 
downe  in  myne  and  other  written  copies ;  and  that  yt  may  stande  with  all 
mathematicall  proportione,  whiche  Chaucer  knewe  and  observed  there,  the 
print  must  be  corrected  after  those  written  copies  (whiche  I  yet  holde  for  sounde 
'till  I  maye  disprove  them)  having  these  wordes  : 

"  when  that  the  month  in  whiche  the  worlde  beganne, 
that  hight  Marche,  when  god  first  made  manne, 
was  complete,  and  passed  were  also 
since  marche  begonne  thirty  dayes  and  two 
befell  that  Chanteclere  in  all  his  pride 
his  seven  wives  walkinge  him  beside 
cast  vp  his  eyen  to  the  bright  sonne 
that  in  the  signe  of  Taurus  had  yronne 
Twentye  degrees  and  one  and  somewhat  moore 
And  knewe  by  kynde  and  by  noone  other  loore 
That  yt  was  pryme,  and  crewe  with  blisful  steven 
The  sonne,  quoth  he,  is  clomben  vp  on  heaven 
Fortye  degrees  and  one,  and  moore,  y  wis,"  &c. 

This  extract  is  precisely  copied  as  it  appears  in  the  reprint ; 
and  I  quote  it  because  it  just  comprises  the  passage  which  I 
might  have  cited  (with  somewhat  different  spelling  and  arrange 
ment)  to  illustrate  my  own  argument.  It  ought  to  be  noted  that 
in  the  fourth  line  "  begonne  "is  used  by  Thynne  in  the  sense 
of  passed  ly,  as  a  conjectural  emendation  of  "  beganne."  Had  he 
suggested  had  gone  instead  of  begone  the  emendation  would,  I 
think,  be  better  and  more  probable.  His  argument — that  any 
further  time  added  to  a  month  complete,  with  the  word  "  also," 
must  necessarily  be  applied  at  the  end  of  the  complete  month 
and  not  at  its  beginning — is  excellent,  and,  I  think,  unanswer 
able.  Suppose,  for  example,  the  time  to  be  added  is  two  days, 
expressed  in  this  way : — When  the  month  called  March  was 
complete,  and  also  two  days  since  March  began, — it  would  be 
stark  nonsense.  And,  if  that  be  true  for  two  days,  it  is  not  less 
true  for  thirty-two  or  sixty- two.  The  point  from  which  also 
must  start,  is  that  previously  arrived  at, — that  is,  March  com 
plete.  Having  declared  March  to  be  complete  we  cannot  undo  it 
again  and  go  back  to  its  commencement.  Such  is  the  substance 
of  Francis  Thynne's  argument. 


THE   MEANING   OF   CHAUCER'S  PRIME.  101 

Tyrwliitt  saw  this  when  he  framed  the  line  : — 

lt  Sithen  March  ended,  thritty  dayes  and  two." 

But  Francis  Thynne's  suggestion  (slightly  varied)  is  nearer  to  the 
original  and  retains  "  since  :" — 

"  Since  Marche  had  gone  thirty  dayes  and  two." 
Mr.  Morris  adopts : — 

"  Since  March  beganne  twa  monthes  and  dayes  two." 

which,  though  it  amounts  to  the  same  thing,  is  nothing  but  a  com 
promise  to  retain  "  beganne"  at  the  expense  of  direct  contradiction 
to  "also" 

But  I  have  not  as  yet  exhausted  all  the  evidence  in  support 
of  Chaunteclere's  prime  being  Nine  o'clock  A.M.  The  "  Cole- 
fox  ful  of  sleigh  iniquitee." 

"  The  same  nighte  thurgh  the  hegge  brast 
Into  the  yard,  ther  Chaunteclere  the  faire 
Was  wont,  and  eek  his  wives,  to  repaire, 
And  in  a  bed  of  wortes  stille  he  lay 
Til  it  was  passed  undern  of  the  day — 
Waiting  his  time  on  Chaunteclere  to  falle." 

Now  the  acknowledged  gloss  of  undern  is  nine  o'clock  A.M.,  and 
just  before  the  catastrophe  Chanticleer  had  announced  prime. 
Therefore,  either  the  story  is  not  consistent,  or  prime  and  undern 
were  synchronical.  But  if  prime  was  nine  o'clock  A.M.  then  must 
the  sun's  altitude  at  prime  on  the  2nd  May  in  Chaucer's 
time  be 

Fourty  degrees  and  oon  and  more  y-wis. 


THE  CARRENARE. 

I  have  lately  seen  a  very  extraordinary  interpretation  of  a 
passage  in  Chaucer's  "  Booke  of  the  Duchesse"  which  more  parti 
cularly  attracted  my  notice  because  I  have  long  had  a  notion  of 
my  own  respecting  the  same  passage. 

It  is  that  in  which  the  well  known  crux  occurs — "  Go  hoodless 
into  the  drie  see  and  come  home  by  the  Carrenare,"  and  it  occurs 
in  a  sort  of  monody  spoken  by  a  disconsolate  knight  upon  his  lost 


102  THE   CARRENARE. 

mistress,  who  would  not,  he  says,  practise  the  heartless  wiles 
resorted  to  by  others  of  her  sex  to  attract  admirers  and  display 
the  power  of  their  charms : — 

"  Hyr  lust  to  holde  no  wight  in  honde 
Ne,  be  thou  siker,  she  wolde  not  fonde 
To  holde  no  wight  in  balaunce 
By  halfe  word  ne  by  countenaunce ; 
Ne  sende  men  into  Walekye 
To  Praise  ne  into  Tartarye 
To  Alisaundre  ne  into  Turkye 
And  bid  him  faste  :  anone  that  he 
Go  hoodless  into  the  drye  see 
And  come  home  by  the  Carrenare." 

1018—1028. 

Upon  this,  the  author  of  a  book,  published  last  year,  called 
"  Chaucer's  England"  comments  as  follows  : — 

"  The  last  three  lines  are  banter  :  q.  d.  '  nor  send  him  to  fetch  her  a  pound 
of  green  cheese  from  the  moon." 

the  lines  so  described  being  spoken  by  a  knight  whose  grief  for 
the  loss  of  his  mistress  is  so  overwhelming  that — 

"  It  was  great  wonder  that  nature 
Might  suffre  any  creature 
To  have  such  sorwe  and  be  not  ded." 

But  the  comment  continues : — 

tl  It  may  perhaps  be  for  want  of  vision,  but  I  confess  that  I  see  no  obscurity 
here.  Of  course  the  '  dry  sea'  is  an  absurdity,  it  was  meant  to  be  so.  As  for  the 
word  carrenare,  it  is  a  stumbling-block,  but  not  a  worse  stumbling-block  than 
some  other  adapted,  modified,  or  mangled  words  in  Chaucer.  1  take  it  to  be  bad 
Italian  for  carrier  or  caravan.  If  we  suppose  the  word  to  have  been  written 
carrattare,  it  is  scarcely  very  bad  Italian.  The  proper  word  would  be 
carrettiere  a  carter  ;  but  carretta  means  cart,  and  carrettare,  formed  from  that 
for  the  sake  of  the  rhyme,  is  not  very  outrageous  license,  compared  with  other 
things  of  the  same  kind  to  be  found  in  Chaucer  and  poets  of  the  time." 

Chaucer's  England,  Vol.  1.  p.  62. 

I  have  quoted  this  curious  comment  at  full  length  from  the 
impossibility  of  doing  it  justice  with  less,  and  because  it  affords  a 
fair  specimen  of  the  sort  of  criticism  to  which  this  word  has  been 
exposed.  We  are  to  suppose  that  the  lady  is  eulogized  for  not 
being  disposed  to  order  her  knight  to  come  home  by  the  caravan, 
or,  as  she  might  say  in  these  days,  by  the  omnibus :  but  it  does 
not  appear  why  it  should  be  a  virtue  to  refrain  from  that  very 


THE   CAREEN  ARE.  103 

harmless  injunction ;  and  it  is  equally  difficult  to  understand  how 
the  "scarcely  very  bad  Italian"  word  carrettare  can  have  been 
adopted  "  for  the  sake  of  the  rhyme"  when  the  rhyme  required 
is  to  the  English  word  ware. 

Now,  independently  of  the  grave  nature  of  the  subject,  the 
banter  and  green-cheese  point  of  view  is  the  last  from  which  these 
injunctions  should  be  regarded,  when  it  is  recollected  how  prone 
some  of  the  dames  of  chivalry  were  to  exact  from  their  "  Servants" 
cruel  and  dangerous  proofs  of  their  valour  and  devotion.  As,  for 
example,  that  fair  lady  who  dropped  her  glove  into  the  arena 
before  a  raging  lion,  in  order  that  her  knight,  the  famous  Don 
Miguel  Ponce  de  Leon  (for  he  obtained  the  surname  by  the  ex 
ploit)  might  descend  and  recover  it. 

The  beautiful  and  amiable  lady  belauded  in  Chaucer's  dream 
was  of  a  different  nature — "  She  ne  used  no  such  knackes  smale" — 
but  if  the  ladies  with  whom  she  is  contrasted  are  not  spoken  of 
in  earnest  where  would  be  the  force  of  the  comparison  ?"  The  part 
ing  injunction  shows  a  full  determination  that  it  was  to  be  no 
joke : — 

"  And,  Sir,  be  now  right  ware 
That  I  may  of  you  here  saien 
Worshippe,  or  that  ye  come  ageyn." 

Moreover,  the  dangers  to  be  encountered  by  the  wight  are  in 
keeping  with  the  known  wars  of  the  time.  Pruise,  where  the 
Teutonic  knights  were  waging  a  savage  and  sanguinary  crusade — 
Walakye — Tartarie — Turkye — Alisaundre  !  And  it  is  significant  of 
the  real  nature  of  the  enterprises  that  they  are  nearly  the  same  as 
those  attributed  to  THE  KNIGHT  in  the  Prologue  to  the  Canterbury 
Tales. 

Now  my  interpretation  of  the  Carenare  is  that  it  is  the  gulf  of 
the  Carnaro  in  the  Adriatic. 

II  Carnaro,  the  charnel-hole :  so  called  because  of  its  reputed 
destructiveness  of  human  life. 

Chaucer's  residence  in  Italy  would  make  him  well  acquainted 
with  the  character  of  this  gulf  (now  called  11  Quarnero)  :  and  if  it 
is  true  that  he  visited  Padua,  he  would  have  been  in  the  very  place 
to  hear  of  it.  It  is,  indeed,  from  a  Paduan  writer,  Palladio  Negro, 
that  the  Abbe*  Fortis  quotes — "E  regione  Istriae,  sinu  Palatico, 
quern  nautse  carnarium  vocitant,"  &c.,  showing,  by  this  translation 
of  the  name  into  the  Latin  equivalent  carnarium,  that  Carnaro  was 


104  THE   CAEEENARE. 

not  merely  a  name,  but  a  nickname  expressive  of  its  fatal  reputa 
tion.* 

But  the  most  conclusive  description  is  by  Vergier,  Bishop  of 
Capo  d'Istria,  as  quoted  by  Sebastian  Munster  in  his  "  Cosmogra- 
phie,"  page  1044  (Basle  Edition). 

"Par  dega  le  goliffre  enrag6  lequel  on  appelle  vulgairement  Carnarie, 
d'autantque  le  plus  souvent  on  le  voit  agite  de  tempestes  horribles  ;  et  la 
s'englontissent  beaucoup  de  navires  et  se  perdent  plusieurs  homines." 

If  it  be  objected  that  carnaro  is  not  carrenare,  it  is  an  objection 
that  might  be  shown  in  many  ways  to  be  of  no  moment.  The 
shortest  answer  is  perhaps  this, — that  if  Palladio  Negro  might 
translate  the  epithet  into  Latin,  so  might  Chaucer  into  English 
from  his  own  "  Careyn  "—  careynare — to  rhyme  with  ware  in  the 
line  following. 

It  may  be  that  Chaucer  was  reminded  of  the  fatal  character  of 
the  Carnaro  by  Dante's  allusion  to  it  in  the  Inferno  (ix.  112) : 

" a  Pola  presso  del  carnaro 

Fanno  i  sepolcri  tutto  il  luogo  varo  " — 

which  at  all  events  shows  that  it  was  at  that  time  a  byword  of 
danger  and  destruction. 


It  is  a  singular  coincidence  that  on  the  same  page  of  Munster 
wherein  he  quotes  the  description  of  the  Carnaro  there  should  be 
an  account  of  a  neighbouring  inland  lake,  intermittent  every  half 
year,  which  might,  in  its  dry  season,  be  the  "  drie  sea "  coupled 
with  the  Carrenare  by  Chaucer.  I  do  not,  however,  suggest  it 
with  anything  like  the  same  confidence  that  I  do  the  Carnaro  : 
because  "  drie  sea  "  is  a  description  so  wide  and  uncertain,  and  is 
consequently  open  to  so  many  different  interpretations,  that  unless 
some  special  reference  should  be  discovered  to  throw  light  upon  it 
it  is  scarcely  capable  of  more  than  the  loosest  suggestion.  The 
following  is  a  translation  of  Munster's  description : — 

"  It  is  said  that  there  is  a  lake  near  the  city  of  Labac,  adjoining  the  plain  of 
Zircknitz,  which  in  winter  time  becomes  of  great  extent,  and  abounds  in  fish 
of  great  size,  that  are  taken  with  spears  two  or  three  ells  in  length.  But  in 
summer  the  water  drains  away — the  fish  expire — the  bed  of  the  lake  is 
ploughed  up — corn  grows  to  maturity — and,  after  the  harvest  is  over,  the 

*  We,  too,  on  the  coast  of  England  have  our  "Shambles" — a  dangerous 
shoal  off  the  Bill  of  Portland  being  so  called. 


THE  CARRENARE.  TO  5 

waters  return  with  the  approach  of  winter,  the  lake  is  again  filled,  and  the  fish 
reappear.  The  Augspourg  merchants  have  assured  me  of  this,  and  it  has  been 
since  confirmed  to  me  by  Vergier,  the  Bishop  of  Cappodistria." 

Now  it  must  be  recollected  that,  although  this  account  was 
written  a  century  and  a  half  after  Chaucer,  yet  since  this  lake, 
according  to  a  modern  observation,  published  only  the  other  day, 
and  alluded  to  in  my  Introduction,  is  very  nearly  in  the  same  state 
now,  after  the  lapse  of  twice  that  time,  it  is  a  fair  presumption 
that  it  also  existed  long  before  Chaucer :  and  there  is  no  knowing 
what  marvellous  tales  respecting  it,  and  of  the  peculiar  danger  of 
traversing  it  hoodless,  may  have  been  popularly  current  in  Italy 
when  Chaucer  was  there.  But  then  the  difficulty  is  that  the  same 
might  be  said  of  any  arid  sandy  desert  that  might  be  metaphorically 
called  a  dry  sea.  Consequently  I  only  suggest  this  account  of  the 
lake  at  Zircknitz  for  what  it  may  be  worth,  with  whatever  pre 
sumptive  support  it  may  derive  from  its  proximity  to  the  Carnaro. 
In  the  modern  account  the  lake  is  stated  to  be  ten  leagues  in  length 
and  one  in  breadth.  A  journey  through  it  would  necessarily  be 
unwholesome ;  and  as  there  must  be  an  absence  of  all  shade  in  the 
dry  bed  of  an  intermittent  lake,  danger  from  sunstroke  might  arise 
from  going  into  it  hoodless. 

There  is  another  possible  interpretation  of  "  drie  sea."  A  frozen 
sea  might  be  so  called.  And  from  a  passage  in  Warton's  History 
of  English  Poetry,  Vol.  I.,  page  461,  it  seems  that  to  encounter 
severe  cold  hoodless  was  a  feat  in  amatory  chivalry.  "  It  was  a 
crime  to  wear  fur  on  a  day  of  the  most  piercing  cold,  or  to  appear 
with  a  hood,  cloak,  gloves,  or  muff." 


SHIPPES   OPPOSTEKES. 

As  my  interpretation  of  this  expression  (Knight's  Tale,  2017) 
was  published  in  the  Athenaeum  newspaper  in  1 867  without  my 
concurrence,  and  consequently  without  that  support  it  might  have 
received  from  my  own  explanation  and  advocacy,  I  take  this 
opportunity  to  republish  it,  together  with  some  of  the  reasons 
which  have  induced  me  to  abide  by  it. 

My  interpretation  is  that  the  meaning  of  opposter  is—  opposer  = 


106  SHIPPES   OPPOSTERES. 

opposite  =  antagonist ;  and  that  the  feminine  plural  form  of  oppos- 
teres  was  given  to  it  by  Chaucer  in  order  to  render  it  an  absolutely 
literal  representative  of  the  bellatrices  of  Statius  and  the  bellatrici 
of  Boccaccio. 

Such  an  interpretation  would  establish  a  remarkable  consistency 
of  expression  in  all  three  versions  :  each  being  compounded  with  a 
qualifying  noun  substantive  used  adjectively  in  its  feminine  plural 
form : — 

Carinae  bellatrices    ...  Statius,  Threbaid,  vii.  57 
Navi  bellatrici...  .....  Boccaccio,  Teseide,  vii.  37 

Shippes  opposteres  ...  Chaucer,  Knight's  Tale,  2017 

It  has,  I  believe,  been  objected  that  the  formation  of  this  word 
opposteres  from  the  verb  oppose,  with  the  feminine  Anglo-Saxon 
ebtres  would  not  be  consistent  with  the  strict  rules  of  composition. 
But  if  the  word  is  in  every  other  respect  exactly  suitable,  are  we  to 
bind  over  Chaucer,  in  his  word-craft,  to  strict  conformity  with  our 
notions  of  proper  composition  ?  Will  such  objectors  explain  the 
formation  of  the  word  divinistre,  in  line  2811  of  the  same  Knight's 
Tale? 

But  there  is  another  way  of  answering  the  objection — by  asking 
what  should  prevent  Chaucer  from  forming  opposter  from  oppono, 
in  the  same  way  that  imposter,  or  impostor,  has  beon  formed  from 
impon-)  ?  The  French  have  composteur  for  what  we  call  composing- 
stick  ;  and  if  we  were  to  follow  their  example,  and  establish  corn- 
poster,  who  could  demur  to  it  ?  Granting,  then,  that  Chaucer  might 
have  framed  opposter,  the  addition  of  a  feminine  e  is  all  my  inter 
pretation  requires. 

Either  explanation  of  the  word  ought  to  be  sufficient  to  justify 
its  acceptance,  when  it  furnishes  such  an  appropriate  and  probable 
solution  of  this  long-pending  crux  in  Chaucer's  text.  The  identity 
of  expression  which  it  would  complete  in  all  three  languages  is,  in 
my  opinion,  a  very  strong  argument  in  its  favour.  Finding  the 
compound  of  Statius  so  literally  reproduced  by  Boccaccio,  it  is  in 
the  highest  degree  probable  that  Chaucer  would  desire  to  shew 
that  he  could  produce  an  exact  equivalent  in  his  own  language : 
for  that  he  was  as  intimately  acquainted  with  Statius  as  he  was 
with  Boccaccio  may  be  proved  almost  to  demonstration  by  a  com 
parison  of  certain  identities  of  description  common  to  him  and 
Statius,  but  which  having  no  existence  in  Boccaccio's  text,  could 
not  have  been  derived  from  it. 

For  example,  Chaucer  describes  the  House  of  Mars  : — 
"  downward  from  an  hille  under  a  bente." — Knight's  Tale,  1981. 


• 


SHIPPES     OPPOSTERES.  107 

Statius  places  it  under  Mount  Haemus,  in  Thrace : — 

"  adverse  domus  inunansueta  sub  Haemo." — Thelaid.  vii.  42. 

Boccaccio  makes  no  mention  of  hill  or  mountain. 

Again  Chaucer  describes, — 

"The  dores  were  alle  of  Athamante  eterne."— K.T.  1990. 
Statius.  — " adamante  perenni — fores" — T.viL  68. 

Boccaccio  (in  the  Milan  edition  of  the  Teseide) 

"  le  porte  a  dur  diamante." — vii.  32. 

Chaucer.   "  The  statue  of  Mars  upon  a  carte  stood."— K.T.  2041. 
Statius.     "  Ipse  (Mars)  subit  curru." — T.  vii.  70. 
Boccaccio.  No  corresponding  expression. 

Chaucer.   "  The  cartere  over  ryden  with  his  carte 

Under  the  wheel  ful  lowe  he  lay  adoun."— K.T.  2022. 
Statius.     "  Et  vacui  currus,  protritaque  curribus  ora." — T.  vii  56. 
Boccaccio. "  T  voti  carri,  e  li  volti  guastatl" — T.  vii.  37. 
Here  "  under  the  wheel "  and  "protrita  curribus  "  convey  the  same 
idea ;  but  the  line  from  the  Teseide  is  a  mere  catalogue — Boccaccio 
speaks  of  damaged  countenances,  but  he  omits  the  cause  of  them. 

It  is  needless  to  cite  more  of  these  parallels :  enough  has  been 
shown  to  prove  that  Chaucer  must  have  had  independent  recourse 
to  the  text  of  Statius  as  well  as  to  that  of  Boccaccio,  and,  therefore, 
that  he  had  a  double  inducement  to  the  formation  of  "  Shippes 
opposteres,"  as  I  have  interpreted  it.  This  double  reference  is  also 
a  complete  answer  to  the  absurd  notion  that  he  might  have  read 
lellatrici  as  ballatrici. 

When  Chaucer  represents  these  shippes  opposteres  as  " brent"  he 
does  not  originate  the  burning — he  only  transfers  it  from  the  in- 
censis  urbibus"  and  "terre  arse"  of  Statius  and  Boccaccio:  and  it 
cannot  be  denied  that  it  was  a  most  judicious  alteration. 

Contending  ships  mutually  in  flames  is  a  fine  and  effective  em 
blem  of  war,  and  one  that  might  well  be  depicted  in  mural  embel 
lishment  :  but  when  Tyrwhitt  explained  "  hoppesteres  "  as  female 
hoppers,  or  dancers,  and  thought  burning  ships  "  dancing  on  the 
Waves '  would  be  a  poetical  idea,  he  omitted  to  explain  how  that 
lively  motion  was  to  be  represented  on  the  walls  of  the  oratory : 
for  it  must  be  recollected  that  the  emblematic  objects  which  in 
Statius  are  real,  in  Boccaccio,  partly  real  and  partly  istoriati,  are  in 
Chaucer  wholly  pictorial. 


108  SHIPPES   OPPOSTERES. 

In  the  existing  text  of  the  Knight's  Tale  I  have  always  felt 
perplexed  and  dissatisfied  with  the  frequent  repetition,  in  the  first 
person,  of  I  saw  and  saw  I;  as  though  Chaucer  had  intended  to 
make  the  Knight  say  that  he  had  himself  seen  those  oratories, 
prepared  by  Theseus  for  a  temporary  purpose  so  many  ages  before. 
This  would  be  such  a  useless  and  unmeaning  anachronism  that, 
rather  than  believe  it  genuine,  I  suspect  a  corruption  in  the  MS. 
I  think  we  have  a  key  to  what  Chaucer  really  did  write  in  the 
preceding  description  of  the  oratory  to  Venus: — 

First,  in  the  temple  of  Venus  mayst  thou  see 

Wroght  on  the  wal—  &c.— 1918. 

May'st  thou  see, — that  is,  the  Knight  is  presenting  the  picture 
to  the  mind's  eye  of  his  hearers.  Now,  the  substitution  of  ye 
for  I,  in  the  similar  descriptions  of  the  oratories  of  Mars  and 
Diana  would  continue  the  same  figure  of  speech: — 

Ther  saugh  ye  first  the  derk  imaginyng. — 1995. 
Yet  saugh  ye  brent  the  shippes  opposteres. — 2017. 

And  so  of  the  rest,  there  being  no  place  where  substitution  of  ye 
might  not  be  as  easily  made  as  in  these  two  examples  :  and  when 
it  is  recollected  that  the  pronoun  /  was  sometimes  spelled  Y  or 
even  Yc,  it  will  not  appear  improbable  that  some  early  scribe,  per 
haps  Adam  Scrivener  himself,  misread  ye  for  yc,  and  under  that 
idea  copied  it  as  J.  It  even  appears  that  the  sound  of  I  was  repre 
sented  by  the  letters  ye — as  may  be  seen  in  "The  Legende  of 
Goode  Women": — 

"  The  daisie,  or  elles  the  ye  of  day,"  (184). 

so  that  the  substitution  of  the  wrong  pronoun  might  have  occurred 
either  through  the  eye  or  the  ear. 

There  are  certain  humorous  touches  in  Chaucer's  description  of 
the  House  of  Mars,  such  as  : — 

The  cook  i-scalded  for  al  his  longe  ladel — 

which  seem  as  though  he  were  slyly  quizzing  the  pompous  descrip 
tions  of  Statius  and  Boccaccio  :  and  the  same  remark  applies  to  his 
joke  at  their  hyperbolic  enumeration  of  the  various  trees  cut  down 
to  construct  the  funeral  piles,  when  he  throws  in  amongst  his  trees 
the  whippul-tree  !  or,  as  we  might  say,  the  axle-tree.  There  have 
been  many  grave  discussions  as  to  the  species  to  which  the 
whippul-tree  belonged :  a  point  that  may  perhaps  be  ascertained 
about  the  same  time  as  the  proper  growth  and  culture  of  the  axle- 
tree. 


Plate  I 


Plate    K. 


Plate 


THE    RETE     OR       ZODIAKE. 


ALnjOAir a  Lyroe 

Abrucii/ a.  Cyc/ni 


_  <x  ArLe-ils 
—  /3  Persei 
'—/3  0 riorums 


_  a  Scorpti, 
Alpk&ta,  _  oc  Coy.  BoreaJOs 
ALraunruJi,  _  OL  ttooOs 
Alkcuici  _   ^  Ursc&McijorLS 
h'.A  ItJuscuL  —ocL  eonis 
AlqomLsob  _ 


swrs. 


THE     PI,  ATI-'.      UNDER     THK      RETE 


Diagram/  or  Chcuicer's  First  Ensample 

i  oC   the   Su,rv.\ 


/ 


oC  Chjauuucer's  Second/ En  sample 
(of  ike.  Star Rigil,  called/ by  hun^AUuvbor] 


*"£  -* 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY 


II 


Chaucer,  Geoffrey 

The  treatise  on  the 
astrolabe 


< 

,